US20130152013A1 - Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents - Google Patents

Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130152013A1
US20130152013A1 US13/758,967 US201313758967A US2013152013A1 US 20130152013 A1 US20130152013 A1 US 20130152013A1 US 201313758967 A US201313758967 A US 201313758967A US 2013152013 A1 US2013152013 A1 US 2013152013A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
electronic document
displayed
touch screen
vertical
vertical bar
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/758,967
Inventor
Scott Forstall
Henri C. Lamiraux
Andrew Emilio Platzer
Michael Matas
Imran Chaudhri
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Priority to US13/758,967 priority Critical patent/US20130152013A1/en
Publication of US20130152013A1 publication Critical patent/US20130152013A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0486—Drag-and-drop
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04886—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11B—INFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B27/00—Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
    • G11B27/02—Editing, e.g. varying the order of information signals recorded on, or reproduced from, record carriers
    • G11B27/031—Electronic editing of digitised analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals
    • G11B27/034—Electronic editing of digitised analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals on discs
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11B—INFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B27/00—Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
    • G11B27/10—Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Measuring tape travel
    • G11B27/34—Indicating arrangements 
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/26—Devices for calling a subscriber
    • H04M1/27—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously
    • H04M1/274—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc
    • H04M1/2745—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc using static electronic memories, e.g. chips
    • H04M1/27453—Directories allowing storage of additional subscriber data, e.g. metadata
    • H04M1/2746—Sorting, e.g. according to history or frequency of use
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/26—Devices for calling a subscriber
    • H04M1/27—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously
    • H04M1/274—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc
    • H04M1/2745—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc using static electronic memories, e.g. chips
    • H04M1/27467—Methods of retrieving data
    • H04M1/2747—Scrolling on a display
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/7243—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality with interactive means for internal management of messages
    • H04M1/72436—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality with interactive means for internal management of messages for text messaging, e.g. short messaging services [SMS] or e-mails
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/04805—Virtual magnifying lens, i.e. window or frame movable on top of displayed information to enlarge it for better reading or selection
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/04806—Zoom, i.e. interaction techniques or interactors for controlling the zooming operation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/12—Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a sensor for measuring a physical value, e.g. temperature or motion
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/22—Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a touch pad, a touch sensor or a touch detector
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/60—Details of telephonic subscriber devices logging of communication history, e.g. outgoing or incoming calls, missed calls, messages or URLs
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/70—Details of telephonic subscriber devices methods for entering alphabetical characters, e.g. multi-tap or dictionary disambiguation

Definitions

  • the disclosed embodiments relate generally to portable electronic devices, and more particularly, to portable devices that display portions of electronic documents and/or portions of lists of items.
  • a user may not be able to tell the position in the document or list of the displayed portion.
  • the user also may not be able to tell what fraction of the document or list corresponds to the displayed portion. Lacking this knowledge, the user may find viewing and navigating the document or list to be confusing and frustrating.
  • scroll bars are used to indicate the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. But scroll bars are fixed user interface features that take up valuable display screen area on an already small display screen.
  • the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen”) with a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive display.
  • the functions may include telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, blogging, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, and/or digital video playing. Instructions for performing these functions may be included in a computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display.
  • a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
  • An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar and of the horizontal bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the one or more programs also include instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and display a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the instructions also cause the device to cease to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • the instructions also cause the device to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the device also comprises means for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display.
  • a portion of a list of items is displayed on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
  • An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the list.
  • a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • display of the vertical bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
  • the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased.
  • the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display.
  • a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document.
  • An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • display of the vertical bar is ceased.
  • the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased.
  • the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
  • the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
  • the device includes means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • the disclosed embodiments allow a user to understand what portion of an electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices with touch-sensitive displays in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10C illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 19A-19I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 23B and 23C are flow diagrams illustrating processes of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first gesture could be termed a second gesture, and, similarly, a second gesture could be termed a first gesture, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
  • the device is a portable communications device such as a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • the user interface may include a physical click wheel in addition to a touch screen or a virtual click wheel displayed on the touch screen.
  • a click wheel is a user-interface device that may provide navigation commands based on an angular displacement of the wheel or a point of contact with the wheel by a user of the device.
  • a click wheel may also be used to provide a user command corresponding to selection of one or more items, for example, when the user of the device presses down on at least a portion of the wheel or the center of the wheel.
  • breaking contact with a click wheel image on a touch screen surface may indicate a user command corresponding to selection.
  • a portable multifunction device that includes a touch screen is used as an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device supports a variety of applications, such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • the various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch screen.
  • One or more functions of the touch screen as well as corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch screen) of the device may support the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent.
  • the user interfaces may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments.
  • the soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (QWERTY) and/or non-standard configurations of symbols on the displayed icons of the keyboard, such as those described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/459,606, “Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, and Ser. No. 11/459,615, “Touch Screen Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • the keyboard embodiments may include a reduced number of icons (or soft keys) relative to the number of keys in existing physical keyboards, such as that for a typewriter.
  • the keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. For example, displayed icons may be modified in accordance with user actions, such as selecting one or more icons and/or one or more corresponding symbols.
  • One or more applications on the portable device may utilize common and/or different keyboard embodiments. Thus, the keyboard embodiment used may be tailored to at least some of the applications.
  • one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user. For example, one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user based on a word usage history (lexicography, slang, individual usage) of the respective user. Some of the keyboard embodiments may be adjusted to reduce a probability of a user error when selecting one or more icons, and thus one or more symbols, when using the soft keyboard embodiments.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and may also be known as or called a touch-sensitive display system.
  • the device 100 may include a memory 102 (which may include one or more computer readable storage mediums), a memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPU's) 120 , a peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , a speaker 111 , a microphone 113 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input or control devices 116 , and an external port 124 .
  • the device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164 . These components may communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .
  • the device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device 100 , and that the device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or a may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B may be implemented in hardware, software or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of the device 100 , such as the CPU 120 and the peripherals interface 118 , may be controlled by the memory controller 122 .
  • the peripherals interface 118 couples the input and output peripherals of the device to the CPU 120 and memory 102 .
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for the device 100 and to process data.
  • the peripherals interface 118 , the CPU 120 , and the memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as a chip 104 . In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
  • the RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • the RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • the RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • the RF circuitry 108 may communicate with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • MAN metropolitan area network
  • the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for email (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), and/or Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS)), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet
  • the audio circuitry 110 , the speaker 111 , and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and the device 100 .
  • the audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from the peripherals interface 118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111 .
  • the speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • the audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by the microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • the audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or the RF circuitry 108 by the peripherals interface 118 .
  • the audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g. 212 , FIG. 2 ).
  • the headset jack provides an interface between the audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • the I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on the device 100 , such as the touch screen 112 and other input/control devices 116 , to the peripherals interface 118 .
  • the I/O subsystem 106 may include a display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116 .
  • the other input/control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons may include an up/down button for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or the microphone 113 .
  • the one or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206 , FIG. 2 ). A quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of the touch screen 112 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
  • buttons are used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • the touch-sensitive touch screen 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • the display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to the touch screen 112 .
  • the touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects, further details of which are described below.
  • a touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on the touch screen 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on the touch screen.
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images
  • a point of contact between a touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • the touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, or LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments.
  • the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with a touch screen 112 .
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive tablets described in the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • a touch screen 112 displays visual output from the portable device 100 , whereas touch sensitive tablets do not provide visual output.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No.
  • the touch screen 112 may have a resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In an exemplary embodiment, the touch screen has a resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user may make contact with the touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which are much less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • the device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • the device 100 may include a physical or virtual click wheel as an input control device 116 .
  • a user may navigate among and interact with one or more graphical objects (henceforth referred to as icons) displayed in the touch screen 112 by rotating the click wheel or by moving a point of contact with the click wheel (e.g., where the amount of movement of the point of contact is measured by its angular displacement with respect to a center point of the click wheel).
  • the click wheel may also be used to select one or more of the displayed icons. For example, the user may press down on at least a portion of the click wheel or an associated button.
  • User commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel may be processed by an input controller 160 as well as one or more of the modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 .
  • the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 , respectively.
  • the click wheel may be either an opaque or semitransparent object that appears and disappears on the touch screen display in response to user interaction with the device.
  • a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of a portable multifunction device and operated by user contact with the touch screen.
  • the device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • the power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • a power management system e.g., one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system
  • the device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164 .
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B show an optical sensor coupled to an optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • the optical sensor 164 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • the optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • an imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • the optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100 , opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for either still and/or video image acquisition.
  • an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image may be obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 may be used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • the device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166 .
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B show a proximity sensor 166 coupled to the peripherals interface 118 .
  • the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106 .
  • the proximity sensor 166 may perform as described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” filed Sep. 30, 2005; 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” filed Sep. 30, 2005; No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; No.
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). In some embodiments, the proximity sensor keeps the screen off when the device is in the user's pocket, purse, or other dark area to prevent unnecessary battery drainage when the device is a locked state.
  • the device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168 .
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B show an accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118 .
  • the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106 .
  • the accelerometer 168 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • the software components stored in memory 102 may include an operating system 126 , a communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , a text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or set of instructions) 136 .
  • an operating system 126 a communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , a text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or set of instructions) 136 .
  • a communication module or set of instructions 128
  • a contact/motion module or set of instructions 130
  • a graphics module or set of instructions 132
  • a text input module or set of instructions
  • the operating system 126 e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • the operating system 126 includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • the communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external port 124 .
  • the external port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.).
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.) devices.
  • the contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with the touch screen 112 (in conjunction with the display controller 156 ) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • the contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred, determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch screen 112 , and determining if the contact has been broken (i.e., if the contact has ceased). Determining movement of the point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact.
  • the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 also detects contact on a touchpad. In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the controller 160 detects contact on a click wheel.
  • the graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112 , including components for changing the intensity of graphics that are displayed.
  • graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.
  • An animation in this context is a display of a sequence of images that gives the appearance of movement, and informs the user of an action that has been performed (such as moving an email message to a folder).
  • a respective animation that confirms an action by the user of the device typically takes a predefined, finite amount of time, such as an amount of time between 0.2 and 1.0 seconds, or between 0.5 and 2.0 seconds, depending on the context.
  • the text input module 134 which may be a component of graphics module 132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , blogging 142 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • applications e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , blogging 142 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • the GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • the applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • the contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list, including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138 , video conference 139 , e-mail 140 , or IM 141 ; and so forth.
  • Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using contacts module 137 are described further below.
  • the telephone module 138 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in the address book 137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using telephone module 138 are described further below.
  • the videoconferencing module 139 may be used to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants.
  • the e-mail client module 140 may be used to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail.
  • the e-mail module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143 . Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using e-mail module 140 are described further below.
  • the instant messaging module 141 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages.
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • MMS Multimedia Message Service
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet Messaging Protocol
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet Messaging Protocol
  • the blogging module 142 may be used to send text, still images, video, and/or other graphics to a blog (e.g., the user's blog).
  • the camera module 143 may be used to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102 . Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using camera module 143 are described further below.
  • the image management module 144 may be used to arrange, modify or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using image management module 144 are described further below.
  • the video player module 145 may be used to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using video player module 145 are described further below.
  • the music player module 146 allows the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files.
  • the device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using music player module 146 are described further below.
  • the browser module 147 may be used to browse the Internet, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using browser module 147 are described further below.
  • the calendar module 148 may be used to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using calendar module 148 are described further below.
  • the widget modules 149 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , and dictionary widget 149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149 - 6 ).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • the widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • the search module 151 may be used to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms).
  • the notes module 153 may be used to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like.
  • the map module 154 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data).
  • maps e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data.
  • modules and applications correspond to a set of instructions for performing one or more functions described above.
  • modules i.e., sets of instructions
  • video player module 145 may be combined with music player module 146 into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152 , FIG. 1B ).
  • memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • the device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen 112 and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input/control device for operation of the device 100 , the number of physical input/control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on the device 100 may be reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that may be performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that may be displayed on the device 100 .
  • the touchpad may be referred to as a “menu button.”
  • the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input/control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200 .
  • UI user interface
  • a user may select one or more of the graphics by making contact or touching the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the contact may include a gesture, such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with the device 100 .
  • a gesture such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with the device 100 .
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic may not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • the device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204 .
  • the menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that may be executed on the device 100 .
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI in touch screen 112 .
  • the device 100 includes a touch screen 112 , a menu button 204 , a push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208 , a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210 , a head set jack 212 , and a docking/charging external port 124 .
  • the push button 206 may be used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • the device 100 also may accept verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through the microphone 113 .
  • UI user interfaces
  • associated processes may be implemented on a portable multifunction device 100 .
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the device detects contact with the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a user's finger making contact on or near the unlock image 302 ) while the device is in a user-interface lock state.
  • the device moves the unlock image 302 in accordance with the contact.
  • the device transitions to a user-interface unlock state if the detected contact corresponds to a predefined gesture, such as moving the unlock image across channel 306 .
  • the device maintains the user-interface lock state if the detected contact does not correspond to the predefined gesture.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 400 A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • user interface 400 B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • UI 400 A or 400 B displays all of the available applications 136 on one screen so that there is no need to scroll through a list of applications (e.g., via a scroll bar).
  • the icons corresponding to the applications may decrease in size so that all applications may be displayed on a single screen without scrolling.
  • having all applications on one screen and a menu button enables a user to access any desired application with at most two inputs, such as activating the menu button 204 and then activating the desired application (e.g., by a tap or other finger gesture on the icon corresponding to the application).
  • UI 400 A or 400 B provides integrated access to both widget-based applications and non-widget-based applications. In some embodiments, all of the widgets, whether user-created or not, are displayed in UI 400 A or 400 B. In other embodiments, activating the icon for user-created widget 149 - 6 may lead to another UI that contains the user-created widgets or icons corresponding to the user-created widgets.
  • a user may rearrange the icons in UI 400 A or 400 B, e.g., using processes described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/459,602, “Portable Electronic Device With Interface Reconfiguration Mode,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a user may move application icons in and out of tray 408 using finger gestures.
  • UI 400 A or 400 B includes a gauge (not shown) that displays an updated account usage metric for an account associated with usage of the device (e.g., a cellular phone account), as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,552, “Account Information Display For Portable Communication Device,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the name 504 used for an instant message conversation is determined by finding an entry in the user's contact list 137 that contains the phone number used for the instant message conversation. If no such entry is found, then just the phone number is displayed (e.g., 504 - 3 ). In some embodiments, if the other party sends messages from two or more different phone numbers, the messages may appear as a single conversation under a single name if all of the phone numbers used are found in the same entry (i.e., the entry for the other party) in the user's contact list 137 .
  • vertical bar 516 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant message conversations).
  • the vertical bar 516 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 516 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • the vertical bar 516 is not displayed.
  • the vertical bar 516 is displayed with a length that corresponds to the length of the list display area (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5 ).
  • FIGS. 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 600 A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • a user can scroll through the message conversation (comprised of messages 604 and 606 ) by applying a vertical swipe gesture 610 to the area displaying the conversation.
  • a vertically downward gesture scrolls the conversation downward, thereby showing older messages in the conversation.
  • a vertically upward gesture scrolls the conversation upward, thereby showing newer, more recent messages in the conversation.
  • the last message in the conversation e.g., 606 - 2
  • the last message in the conversation is displayed in the list of instant messages 500 (e.g., 506 - 1 ).
  • keys in keyboards 616 ( FIGS. 6A , 6 B, 6 E- 6 K), 624 ( FIG. 6C ), and/or 639 ( FIG. 6D ) briefly change shade and/or color when touched/activated by a user to help the user learn to activate the desired keys.
  • vertical bar 630 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant messages).
  • the vertical bar 630 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 630 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 6A , the vertical position of the vertical bar 630 indicates that the bottom of the list of messages is being displayed (which correspond to the most recent messages) and the vertical length of the vertical bar 630 indicates that roughly half of the messages in the conversation are being displayed.
  • user interface 600 B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the word suggestion area does not appear in UI 600 B until after a predefined time delay (e.g., 2-3 seconds) in text being entered by the user. In some embodiments, the word suggestion area is not used or can be turned off by the user.
  • user interface 600 C includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • keeping the period key 631 near keyboard selector icon 626 reduces the distance that a user's finger needs to travel to enter the oft-used period.
  • user interface 600 D includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • user interface 600 E includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • a send key e.g., either 614 or 620
  • the text in text box 612 “pops” or otherwise comes out of the box and becomes part of the string of user messages 606 to the other party.
  • the black arrows in FIG. 6E illustrate an animated formation of a quote bubble 606 - 3 .
  • the size of the quote bubble scales with the size of the message.
  • a sound is also made when the message is sent, such as a droplet sound, to notify the user.
  • user interface 600 F includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • user interface 600 G includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • list 638 contains contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632 . For example, if the letter “v” is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “v” are shown. If the letters “va” are input in field 632 , then the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “va”, and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 638 ).
  • a user can scroll through the list 638 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 642 to the area displaying the list 638 .
  • a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
  • vertical bar 640 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 638 ).
  • the vertical bar 640 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 640 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • user interfaces 600 H and 600 I include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • activating suggested word 644 replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 644 .
  • activating suggested word 646 replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 646 .
  • a user can set whether suggested words 644 and/or 646 are shown (e.g., by setting a user preference).
  • a letter is enlarged briefly after it is selected (e.g., “N” is enlarged briefly after typing “din” in FIG. 6H ) to provide feedback to the user.
  • user interfaces 600 J and 600 K include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • a finger contact 648 - 1 on or near the insertion marker 656 initiates display of insertion point magnifier 650 and expanded insertion marker 657 - 1 .
  • the finger contact is moved on the touch screen (e.g., to position 648 - 2 )
  • there is corresponding motion of the expanded insertion marker e.g., to 657 - 2
  • the insertion point magnifier 650 provides an efficient way to position a cursor or other insertion marker using finger input on the touch screen.
  • the magnifier 650 remains visible and can be repositioned as long as continuous contact is maintained with the touch screen (e.g., from 648 - 1 to 648 - 2 to even 648 - 3 ).
  • a portable electronic device displays graphics and an insertion marker (e.g., marker 656 , FIG. 6I ) at a first location in the graphics on a touch screen display (e.g., FIG. 6I ).
  • the insertion marker 656 is a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer.
  • the graphics comprise text (e.g., text in box 612 , FIG. 6I ).
  • a finger contact is detected with the touch screen display (e.g., contact 648 - 1 , FIG. 6I ).
  • the location of the finger contact is proximate to the location of the insertion marker.
  • the location of the finger contact is anywhere within a text entry area (e.g., box 612 , FIG. 6I ).
  • the insertion marker is expanded from a first size (e.g., marker 656 , FIG. 6I ) to a second size (e.g., marker 657 - 1 , FIG. 6J ) on the touch screen display, and a portion (e.g., portion 650 - 1 , FIG. 6J ) of the graphics on the touch screen display is expanded from an original size to an expanded size.
  • a first size e.g., marker 656 , FIG. 6I
  • a second size e.g., marker 657 - 1 , FIG. 6J
  • a portion e.g., portion 650 - 1 , FIG. 6J
  • the portion of the graphics that is expanded includes the insertion marker and adjacent graphics. In some embodiments, after the insertion point and the portion of the graphics are expanded, graphics are displayed that include the insertion marker and adjacent graphics at the original size and at the expanded size.
  • Movement of the finger contact is detected on the touch screen display (e.g., from 648 - 1 to 648 - 2 , FIG. 6J ).
  • the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from the first location (e.g., 657 - 1 , FIG. 6J ) to a second location in the graphics (e.g., 657 - 2 , FIG. 6J ).
  • the portion of the graphics that is expanded changes as the insertion marker moves from the first location to the second location (e.g., from 650 - 1 to 650 - 2 , FIG. 6J ).
  • the portion of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a predefined shape.
  • the portion (e.g., 650 , FIG. 6J ) of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a circle.
  • the expanded insertion marker 657 is within the circle.
  • the detected movement of the finger contact has a horizontal component on the touch screen display and a vertical component on the touch screen display.
  • moving the expanded insertion marker 657 in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker and the expanded portion of the graphics in accordance with the horizontal component of motion of the finger contact if the finger contact moves outside a text entry area without breaking contact. For example, in FIG.
  • the expanded insertion point 657 and the expanded portion 650 of the graphics may move horizontally along the lower portion of the text entry area in accordance with the horizontal component of the movement from 648 - 2 to 648 - 3 (not shown).
  • moving the expanded insertion marker in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker in a first area of the touch screen that includes characters entered using a soft keyboard (e.g., text box 612 , FIG. 6J ), wherein the soft keyboard is located in a second area of the touch screen that is separate from the first area (e.g., keyboard 616 , FIG. 6J ).
  • a soft keyboard e.g., text box 612 , FIG. 6J
  • the expanded insertion marker is contracted from the second size to the first size if finger contact with the touch screen display is broken (e.g., insertion marker 656 , FIG. 6K ).
  • the contracting includes an animation of the expanded insertion marker 657 shrinking into the insertion marker 656 at the second location.
  • the expanded portion 650 of the graphics is contracted if finger contact with the touch screen display is no longer detected for a predetermined time.
  • a graphical user interface on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises an insertion marker and graphics.
  • the insertion marker is expanded from a first size 656 to a second size 657 , and a portion 650 of the graphics is expanded.
  • the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from a first location 657 - 1 in the graphics to a second location 657 - 2 in the graphics.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interfaces 800 A and 800 B include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • first name icon 804 and last name icon 806 are incorporated into settings 412 ( FIG. 4B , e.g., as a user preference setting) rather than being displayed in a contacts list UI (e.g., 800 A and 800 B, FIGS. 7A and 7B ).
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 1000 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the orientation of the camera in the shutter icon 1006 rotates as the device 100 is rotated between portrait and landscape orientations.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 1100 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1102 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1106 on the touch screen.
  • a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail e.g., a tap gesture 1108 on thumbnail 1102 - 11 ) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1200 A, FIG. 10A ).
  • vertical bar 1112 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the thumbnails 1102 ).
  • the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the camera roll that corresponds to the vertical position in the camera roll of the displayed portion of the camera roll.
  • the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the camera roll being displayed. For example, in FIG. 9 , the vertical position of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that the middle of the camera roll is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that roughly half of the images in the camera roll are being displayed.
  • FIGS. 10A-10C illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 1200 A ( FIG. 10A ) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1216 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from left to right on the image.
  • the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1218 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from right to left on the image.
  • the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user.
  • image 1204 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1204 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
  • a tap gesture such as 1216 or 1218 magnifies the image 1204 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1204 is displayed. In some embodiments, when the image is already magnified, repeating the tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
  • vertical bar 1222 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204 ).
  • the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
  • the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 10A , the vertical position of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that the top of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that a portion from the top half of the image is being displayed.
  • horizontal bar 1224 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204 ).
  • the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
  • the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 10A , the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the right side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion from the right half of the image is being displayed.
  • vertical bar 1222 and horizontal bar 1224 indicate that the northeast quadrant of the image 1204 is being displayed.
  • user interface 1200 B ( FIG. 10B ) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the image may go through a deletion animation to show the user that the image is being deleted.
  • This deletion process which requires gestures by the user on two different user interfaces (e.g., 1200 A and 1200 B, FIGS. 10A and 10B ), greatly reduces the chance that a user will accidentally delete an image or other similar item.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 1300 A ( FIG. 11A ) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • one of the photo albums may correspond to the user's photo library; another album (e.g., 1306 - 8 ) may correspond to the camera roll ( FIG. 9 ); another album (e.g., 1306 - 9 ) may correspond to images added to the photo library in the last 12 months; and other albums (e.g., 1306 - 10 - 1306 - 13 ) may correspond to albums created and organized by the user.
  • the albums may be downloaded on to the device from a wide range of sources, such as the user's desktop or laptop computer, the Internet, etc.
  • the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1312 on the touch screen.
  • a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular album (e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304 , album name 1306 , or selection icon 1308 ) to initiate display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500 , FIG. 12 ).
  • a particular album e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304 , album name 1306 , or selection icon 1308
  • the corresponding album e.g., UI 1500 , FIG. 12 .
  • vertical bar 1314 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of albums).
  • the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 11B , the vertical position of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that the top of the list of albums is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that roughly half of the albums in the list are being displayed.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 1500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1506 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1510 on the touch screen.
  • a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail e.g., a tap gesture 1512 on thumbnail 1506 - 11 ) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1600 A and 1600 B, FIGS. 13A and 13B ).
  • vertical bar 1514 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of thumbnails).
  • the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 12 , the vertical position of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that the middle of the list of thumbnails is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that roughly half of the thumbnails in the album are being displayed.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interfaces 1600 A and 1600 B include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • icons 1608 , 1610 , 1612 , and 1614 are displayed in response to detecting a gesture on the touch screen (e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606 ) and then cease to be displayed if no interaction with the touch screen is detected after a predetermined time (e.g., 3-5 seconds), thereby providing a “heads up display” effect for these icons.
  • a gesture on the touch screen e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606
  • a predetermined time e.g., 3-5 seconds
  • the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1618 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from left to right on the image.
  • the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1620 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from right to left on the image.
  • the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user.
  • image 1606 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
  • a double tap gesture such as 1618 or 1620 magnifies the image 1606 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1606 is displayed.
  • repeating the double tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
  • a multi-finger de-pinching gesture magnifies the image 1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger de-pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger de-pinching gesture.
  • a multi-finger pinching gesture demagnifies the image 1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger pinching gesture.
  • vertical bar 1622 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606 ).
  • the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
  • the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 13A , the vertical position of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that the bottom of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that a portion from the bottom half of the image is being displayed.
  • horizontal bar 1624 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606 ).
  • the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
  • the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 13A , the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the left side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1624 indicates that a portion from the left half of the image is being displayed.
  • vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 indicate that the southwest quadrant of the image 1606 is being displayed.
  • UI 1600 A (including image 1606 ) is rotated by 90° to UI 1600 B ( FIG. 13B ).
  • UI 1600 B portrait orientation
  • FIG. 13B landscape orientation
  • vertical bar 1628 and horizontal bar 1630 are displayed and act in an analogous manner to vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 (UI 1600 A, FIG. 13A ), described above.
  • the UI 1600 B in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a landscape orientation to a portrait orientation (e.g., using accelerometer 168 ), the UI 1600 B is rotated by 90° to UI 1600 A ( FIG. 13A ).
  • a finger drag or swipe gesture e.g., 1626
  • the displayed portion of the image is translated in accordance with the direction of the drag or swipe gesture (e.g., vertical, horizontal, or diagonal translation).
  • FIGS. 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, displays a series of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 2101 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Playlists row 2108 , the UI changes from a display of video categories (UI 2100 A, FIG. 14A ) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100 B, FIG. 14B ).
  • the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100 B, FIG. 14B ) to a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100 C, FIG. 14C ), and so forth.
  • the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device navigates back up through the hierarchy of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates Playlists icon 2106 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100 C, FIG. 14C ) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100 B, FIG. 14B ). In turn, if the user activates the Videos icon 2104 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100 B, FIG. 14B ) to a display of video categories (UI 2100 A, FIG. 14A ).
  • a series of gestures e.g., finger taps
  • the device in response to user selection of a particular video (e.g., by a tap or other predefined gesture on the graphic, title, or anywhere 2112 ( FIG. 14C ) in the row for a particular video), the device displays the selected video (e.g., King Kong) in a video player UI.
  • the selected video e.g., King Kong
  • the device in response to user selection of settings icon 2102 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), displays a settings UI for a video player.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen in response to the user activating All icon 2810 , displays a list of all recent calls (e.g., UI 2800 A, FIG. 15A ). In some embodiments, in response to the user activating Missed icon 2812 , the touch screen displays a list of recent missed calls (e.g., UI 2800 B, FIG. 15B ).
  • each row in a list corresponds to a call or a consecutive sequence of calls involving the same person or the same number (without an intervening call involving another person or another phone number).
  • each row includes: the name 2802 of the other party (if available via the contact module) or the phone number (if the name of the other party is not available); the number 2804 of consecutive calls; the date and/or time 2806 of the last call; and an additional information icon 2808 .
  • the touch screen in response to the user activating icon 2808 for a particular row (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays the corresponding contact list entry for the other party (e.g., UI 2800 C, FIG.
  • the phone module dials the corresponding phone number for that row.
  • some rows may include icons indicating whether the last call associated with the row was missed or answered.
  • the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 2814 on the touch screen.
  • UI 2800 C ( FIG. 15C ) highlights (e.g., with color, shading, and/or bolding) the phone number associated with the recent call (e.g., the two recent incoming calls from Bruce Walker in UI 2800 A, FIG. 15A , came from Bruce Walker's work number 2816 ).
  • the phone module dials the highlighted number (e.g., 2816 ).
  • the phone module dials the corresponding number in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on another number in the contact list entry (e.g., home number 2818 ).
  • the mail module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on an email address in the contact list entry (e.g., either work email 2820 or home email 2822 ), the mail module prepares an email message with the selected email address, ready for text input by the user.
  • the user may then easily respond to a caller using the same number involved in the previous call (e.g., 2816 ), another number associated with the same caller (e.g., 2818 ), or another mode of communication besides the phone (e.g., an email to the caller's work 2820 or home 2822 email address).
  • UI 2800 D ( FIG. 15D ) provides one or more options for a user to make use of a phone number in a recent call that is not associated with an entry in the user's contact list.
  • the device in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture, the device may: call the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2824 ); initiate creation of a text message or other instant message to the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2825 ); create a new contact with the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2826 ); or add the phone number to an existing contact (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2828 ).
  • one or more recent calls selected by the user are deleted from the list of recent calls.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interfaces 3200 A- 3200 D include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3224 on the touch screen.
  • a vertical bar 3260 ( FIG. 16C ), analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of voicemails that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
  • the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214 ), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail.
  • the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214 ), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail.
  • the voicemails may be heard in any order.
  • the playback position in the voicemail in response to a user gesture, can be modified. For example, in response to the user's finger touching 3206 at or near the end of the progress bar and then sliding along the progress bar, the playback position may be altered to correspond to the position of the user's finger along the progress bar. This user gesture on the progress bar makes it easy for a user to skip to and/or replay portions of interest in the voicemail message.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 3300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user may scroll through the mailboxes using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3312 on the touch screen.
  • a vertical bar is displayed on top of the list of mailboxes that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the device In response to the user activating create email icon 3310 ( FIG. 17 ), the device displays UI 3400 A ( FIG. 18A ).
  • a letter keyboard 616 appears and the user may input the subject and/or body text ( FIG. 18C ).
  • the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact; and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message ( FIG. 18C ).
  • the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact (e.g., tapping on Janet Walker in the contact list); and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message ( FIG. 18C ).
  • the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email ( FIG. 18A ).
  • Add recipient icon 3422 appears, which when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon 3422 ) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 3426 , FIG. 18B ) that match the input, if any, in the To: field. For example, if the letter “B” is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “B” are shown.
  • the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “Br”, and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 3426 ). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email and follows an analogous procedure to that used for inputting addresses in the To: field.
  • a user can scroll through the list 3426 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 3428 to the area displaying the list 3426 .
  • a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward,
  • a vertical bar 3430 ( FIG. 18B ) is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 3426 ).
  • the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • the user may also enter the email address using one or more keyboards (e.g., 616 and 624 , not shown).
  • one or more keyboards e.g., 616 and 624 , not shown.
  • the device sends the email message in response to the user activating the send icon 3404 ( FIG. 18C ) (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon).
  • the device may display a save draft icon and a don't save (or delete message) icon.
  • the device saves the draft if the user activates the save draft icon 1810 , e.g., in a drafts folder in mail client 140 ( FIG. 17 ).
  • the device deletes the draft if the user activates the don't save icon 1812 .
  • the touch screen in response to the user activating the attach icon 3410 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays a UI for adding attachments (not shown).
  • FIGS. 19A-19I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Analogous user interfaces may be used to display and manage the other mailboxes (e.g., drafts, sent, trash, personal, and/or work in UI 3300 , FIG. 17 ).
  • user interfaces 3500 A- 3500 I include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the user may scroll through the emails using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3514 on the touch screen.
  • vertical bar 3554 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of email messages).
  • the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H , the vertical position of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that the middle of the email list is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that roughly one third of the e-mail list is being displayed.
  • the email subjects 3508 are not displayed if the preview pane 3528 is used.
  • the position of the preview pane separator can be adjusted by the user making contact 3516 at or near the preview pane separator and moving the separator to the desired location by dragging the finger contact 3538 .
  • arrows 3539 or other graphics appear during the positioning of the preview pane separator (e.g., UI 3500 D, FIG. 19D ) to help guide the user.
  • a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506 , 3510 , and/or 3508 ) about a particular email message some or all of the text in the row is highlighted (e.g., by coloring, shading, or bolding) and the corresponding message is displayed in the preview pane area.
  • the email message in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506 , 3510 , and/or 3508 ) about a particular email message, the email message is displayed on the full screen if the preview pane is not being used.
  • the user may scroll through the email using two-dimensional gestures 3532 in the preview pane with vertical and/or horizontal movement of the email on the touch screen.
  • vertical bar 3556 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528 ).
  • the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email message that corresponds to the vertical position in the email of the displayed portion of the email.
  • the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H , the vertical position of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that the top of the email is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that a portion from the top quarter of the email is being displayed.
  • horizontal bar 3558 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528 ).
  • the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the email that corresponds to the horizontal position in the email of the displayed portion of the email.
  • the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H , the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion of the left side of the email is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion from the left half of the email is being displayed.
  • vertical bar 3556 and horizontal bar 3558 indicate that the northwest corner of the email message in the preview pane is being displayed.
  • an email is displayed such that only vertical scrolling is needed, in which case horizontal bar 3558 is not used
  • the touch screen in response to user activation of an additional information icon (e.g., “>”) on the detail information 3534 in FIG. 19C (e.g., by a finger tap 3536 on the icon), the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800 C, FIG. 15C ) or a UI analogous to UI 2800 D, FIG. 15D .
  • an additional information icon e.g., “>”
  • the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800 C, FIG. 15C ) or a UI analogous to UI 2800 D, FIG. 15D .
  • FIG. 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interface 3600 FIG. 19J
  • a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular setting to initiate display of the corresponding setting choices.
  • the settings in FIG. 19J are incorporated into settings 412 ( FIG. 4B ) and settings icon 3520 need not be displayed in the email application 140 (e.g., FIG. 19G ).
  • FIGS. 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
  • user interfaces 3900 A- 3900 G include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • the block in response to a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture), the block is enlarged and centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
  • a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture
  • the block is enlarged and centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
  • block 3914 - 5 may be enlarged and centered in the display, as shown in UI 3900 C, FIG. 20C .
  • the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display.
  • the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display with a predefined amount of padding along the sides of the display.
  • a zooming animation of the block is displayed during enlargement of the block.
  • block 3914 - 2 may be enlarged with a zooming animation and two-dimensionally scrolled to the center of the display (not shown).
  • the device analyzes the render tree of the web page 3912 to determine the blocks 3914 in the web page.
  • a block 3914 corresponds to a render node that is: replaced; a block; an inline block; or an inline table.
  • the enlargement and/or centering is substantially or completely reversed.
  • the web page image may zoom out and return to UI 3900 A, FIG. 20A .
  • the block in response to a predefined gesture (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) by the user on a block 3914 that is already enlarged but not centered, the block is centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
  • a predefined gesture e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture
  • block 3914 - 4 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
  • block 3914 - 6 in response to a single tap gesture 3935 ( FIG. 20C ) on block 3914 - 6 , block 3914 - 6 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
  • the device may display in an intuitive manner a series of blocks that the user wants to view.
  • This same gesture may initiate different actions in different contexts (e.g., (1) zooming and/or enlarging in combination with scrolling when the web page is reduced in size, UI 3900 A and (2) reversing the enlargement and/or centering if the block is already centered and enlarged).
  • the web page in response to a multi-touch 3931 and 3933 de-pinching gesture by the user ( FIG. 20C ), the web page may be enlarged. Conversely, in response to a multi-touch pinching gesture by the user, the web page may be reduced.
  • the web page in response to a substantially vertical upward (or downward) swipe gesture by the user, may scroll one-dimensionally upward (or downward) in the vertical direction.
  • the web page in response to an upward swipe gesture 3937 by the user that is within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll one-dimensionally upward in the vertical direction.
  • the web page in response to a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally (i.e., with simultaneous movement in both the vertical and horizontal directions).
  • a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical
  • the web page in response to an upward swipe gesture 3939 ( FIG. 20C ) by the user that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally along the direction of the swipe 3939 .
  • the web page in response to a multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture by the user ( FIG. 20C ), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° (UI 3900 D, FIG. 20D ) for landscape viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°.
  • the web page in response to a multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture by the user (UI 3900 D, FIG. 20D ), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° for portrait viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°.
  • UI 3900 C which has a portrait view
  • UIs with a landscape view e.g., UI 3900 D, FIG. 20D
  • a portable electronic device with a touch screen display displays at least a portion of a structured electronic document on the touch screen display.
  • the structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914 , FIG. 20A ).
  • the plurality of boxes are defined by a style sheet language.
  • the style sheet language is a cascading style sheet language.
  • the structured electronic document is a web page (e.g., web page 3912 , FIG. 20A ).
  • the structured electronic document is an HTML or XML document.
  • displaying at least a portion of the structured electronic document comprises scaling the document width to fit within the touch screen display width independent of the document length.
  • the touch screen display is rectangular with a short axis and a long axis; the display width corresponds to the short axis when the structured electronic document is seen in portrait view (e.g., FIG. 20C ); and the display width corresponds to the long axis when the structured electronic document is seen in landscape view (e.g., FIG. 20D ).
  • borders, margins, and/or paddings are determined for the plurality of boxes and adjusted for display on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, all boxes in the plurality of boxes are adjusted. In some embodiments, just the first box is adjusted. In some embodiments, just the first box and boxes adjacent to the first box are adjusted.
  • a first gesture is detected at a location on the displayed portion of the structured electronic document (e.g., gesture 3923 , FIG. 20A ).
  • the first gesture is a finger gesture.
  • the first gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • the first gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the first gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • a first box (e.g., Block 5 3914 - 5 , FIG. 20A ) in the plurality of boxes is determined at the location of the first gesture.
  • the structured electronic document has an associated render tree with a plurality of nodes and determining the first box at the location of the first gesture comprises: traversing down the render tree to determine a first node in the plurality of nodes that corresponds to the detected location of the first gesture; traversing up the render tree from the first node to a closest parent node that contains a logical grouping of content; and identifying content corresponding to the closest parent node as the first box.
  • the logical grouping of content comprises a paragraph, an image, a plugin object, or a table.
  • the closest parent node is a replaced inline, a block, an inline block, or an inline table.
  • the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914 - 5 , FIG. 20C ).
  • enlarging and substantially centering comprises simultaneously zooming and translating the first box on the touch screen display.
  • enlarging comprises expanding the first box so that the width of the first box is substantially the same as the width of the touch screen display.
  • text in the enlarged first box is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display.
  • the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the first box; and if a text size for text in the first box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the first box to at least the determined minimum text size.
  • the first box has a width; the display has a display width; and the scale factor is the display width divided by the width of the first box prior to enlarging.
  • the resizing occurs during the enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs after the enlarging.
  • text in the structured electronic document is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display.
  • the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and if a text size for text in the structured electronic document is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the structured electronic document to at least the determined minimum text size.
  • the text resizing comprises: identifying boxes containing text in the plurality of boxes; determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and for each identified box containing text, if a text size for text in the identified box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the identified box to at least the determined minimum text size and adjusting the size of the identified box.
  • a second gesture (e.g., gesture 3929 , FIG. 20C ) is detected on the enlarged first box.
  • the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is reduced in size.
  • the first box returns to its size prior to being enlarged.
  • the second gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture.
  • the second gesture is a finger gesture.
  • the second gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • the second gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • a third gesture (e.g., gesture 3927 or gesture 3935 , FIG. 20C ) is detected on a second box other than the first box.
  • the second box is substantially centered on the touch screen display.
  • the third gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture.
  • the third gesture is a finger gesture.
  • the third gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • the third gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • a swipe gesture (e.g., gesture 3937 or gesture 3939 , FIG. 20C ) is detected on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is translated on the touch screen display.
  • the translating comprises vertical, horizontal, or diagonal movement of the structured electronic document on the touch screen display.
  • the swipe gesture is a finger gesture.
  • the swipe gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • a fifth gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3941 / 3943 , FIG. 20C ) is detected on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°.
  • the fifth gesture is a finger gesture.
  • the fifth gesture is a multifinger gesture.
  • the fifth gesture is a twisting multifinger gesture.
  • a change in orientation of the device is detected.
  • the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°.
  • a multi-finger de-pinch gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3931 / 3933 , FIG. 20C ) is detected on the touch screen display.
  • a portion of the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is enlarged on the touch screen display in accordance with a position of the multi-finger de-pinch gesture and an amount of finger movement in the multi-finger de-pinch gesture.
  • a graphical user interface (e.g., UI 3900 A, FIG. 20A ) on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises at least a portion of a structured electronic document (e.g., web page 3912 , FIG. 20A ).
  • the structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914 , FIG. 20A ).
  • a first gesture e.g., gesture 3923 , FIG. 20A
  • a first box e.g., Block 5 3914 - 5 , FIG. 20A
  • the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914 - 5 , FIG. 20C ).
  • the touch screen in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture on URL entry box 3908 , displays an enlarged entry box 3926 and a keyboard 616 (e.g., UI 3900 B, FIG. 20B in portrait viewing and UI 3900 E, FIG. 20E in landscape viewing). In some embodiments, the touch screen also displays:
  • the same entry box 3926 may be used for inputting both search terms and URLs.
  • whether or not clear icon 3928 is displayed depends on the context.
  • FIGS. 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player 152 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • icons for major content categories are displayed in a first area of the display (e.g., 4340 , FIG. 21A ).
  • the first area also includes an icon (e.g., more icon 4316 ) that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) leads to additional content categories (e.g., albums, audiobooks, compilations, composers, genres, and podcasts in FIG. 43J ).
  • the player 152 includes a now playing icon 4302 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) takes the user directly to a UI displaying information about the currently playing music (not shown).
  • the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, displays a series of content categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 4306 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Top 25 row 4318 , the UI changes from a display of playlist categories (UI 4300 A, FIG. 41A ) to a display of the Top 25 sub-category (UI 4300 B, FIG. 21B ).
  • a series of gestures e.g., finger taps
  • a vertical bar is displayed on top of the category/sub-category that helps a user understand what portion of the category/sub-category is being displayed (e.g., vertical bar 4320 , FIG. 21B ).
  • a user can scroll through the list of items in the category/sub-category by applying a vertical or substantially vertical swipe gesture 4322 to the area displaying the list.
  • a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
  • a scrolling gesture e.g., 4324 , FIG. 21C
  • background 4326 - 1 appears and the vertical bar 4320 - 1 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the top of the list has been reached.
  • the list may move back to the top of the display and the background 4326 - 1 shrinks to nothing.
  • a scrolling gesture e.g., 4328 , FIG.
  • an index item/symbol e.g., the letter A 4330 - 1
  • a respective information item subset e.g., artists 4332 whose name begins with the letter A.
  • the index item/symbol may move to the upper edge of a window (e.g., window 4336 , FIG. 21F ).
  • the index item/symbol may remain there until the end of the respective information item subset is reached, at which time the index item/symbol may be replaced with a subsequent index item/symbol (e.g., the letter B 4330 - 2 ).
  • a subsequent index item/symbol e.g., the letter B 4330 - 2 .
  • An analogous scrolling effect is shown for the Movies 4330 - 3 and Music Videos 4330 - 4 index items in UI 4300 H and UI 4300 I ( FIGS. 21H and 211 ). Additional description of such scrolling is described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/322,547, “Scrolling List With Floating Adjacent Index Symbols,” filed Dec. 23, 2005; No.
  • the songs category will be displayed ( FIG. 21G ).
  • the video category will be displayed ( FIG. 21H ).
  • FIGS. 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments. Additional description of calendars can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,820, “System And Method For Viewing And Managing Calendar Entries,” filed Jan. 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • vertical and horizontal bars help a user understand what portion of a list or document is being displayed.
  • FIG. 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2300 of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
  • a portable multifunction device displays ( 2302 ) a portion of a list of items on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
  • the list of items is a list of contacts (e.g. FIG. 7A ), a list of instant message conversations (e.g. FIG. 5 ), a list of instant messages (e.g. FIG. 6A ), a list of photo albums (e.g. FIG. 11B ), a list of audio content (e.g., FIG. 21B ), a list of video content (e.g. FIG. 14C ), a list of calendar entries (e.g. FIG. 22C ), a list of recent calls (e.g. FIG. 15B ), a list of mailboxes (e.g. FIG. 17 ), a list of emails (e.g. FIG. 19A ), a list of settings (e.g., FIG. 19J ), or a list of voicemail messages (e.g. FIG. 16C ).
  • contacts e.g. FIG. 7A
  • a list of instant message conversations e.g. FIG. 5
  • a list of instant messages e.g. FIG.
  • An object is detected ( 2304 ) on or near the displayed portion of the list.
  • the object is a finger.
  • a vertical bar is displayed ( 2306 ) on top of the displayed portion of the list. See, for example, vertical bar 640 in FIG. 6G , and vertical bar 1314 in FIG. 11A .
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
  • the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the list along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
  • a movement of the object is detected ( 2308 ) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
  • the list of items displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled ( 2310 ) so that a new portion of the list is displayed and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list.
  • scrolling the list has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
  • scrolling the list is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased ( 2312 ) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, even though displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display ( 2314 ).
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period ( 2316 ).
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the list ( 2318 ).
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
  • the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • FIG. 23B is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2330 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • a portable multifunction device displays ( 2332 ) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document.
  • the electronic document is a web page (e.g., FIG. 20A ).
  • the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., FIG. 19B ), or presentation document.
  • An object is detected ( 2334 ) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the object is a finger.
  • a vertical bar is displayed ( 2336 ) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 1222 in FIG. 10A and vertical bar 3962 in FIG. 20F .
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed.
  • the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
  • the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar (see, for example, vertical bar 1222 in FIG. 10 , and vertical bar 3962 in FIG. 20H ).
  • a movement of the object is detected ( 2338 ) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
  • the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled ( 2340 ) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
  • scrolling the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
  • scrolling the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased ( 2342 ).
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display ( 2344 ).
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period ( 2346 ).
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document ( 2348 ) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • FIG. 23C is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2360 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
  • a portable multifunction device displays ( 2362 ) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
  • the electronic document is a web page (e.g., FIG. 20A ).
  • the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., FIG. 19B ), or presentation document.
  • An object is detected ( 2364 ) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the object is a finger.
  • a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed ( 2366 ) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 3962 and horizontal bar 3964 in FIG. 20H .
  • the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document and the horizontal bar is located on the bottom side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a major axis, substantially perpendicular to the major axis of the vertical bar, and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the horizontal bar is not covered by the horizontal bar.
  • a movement of the object is detected ( 2368 ) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
  • the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is translated ( 2370 ) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed.
  • the electronic document is translated in a vertical direction, a horizontal direction, or a diagonal direction.
  • the electronic document is translated in accordance with the movement of the object.
  • translating the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
  • translating the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal position of the horizontal bar is moved to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
  • the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased ( 2372 ) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display ( 2374 ). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period ( 2376 ). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document ( 2378 ).
  • a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display.
  • the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
  • the GUI also comprises a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document, and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
  • the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
  • the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • Vertical and horizontal bars may have, without limitation, a rectangular cross section, a rectangular cross section with rounded corners, or a racetrack oval cross section with two opposing flat sides and two opposing rounded sides.
  • the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items.
  • This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable.
  • the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when only a portion of an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items.
  • This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable and that only a portion of the electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
  • the vertical and/or horizontal bars provide portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use.
  • the vertical and/or horizontal bars do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Library & Information Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

In a computer-implemented method, a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar is ceased. The vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/548,111, filed Jul. 12, 2012, entitled “Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents,” now U.S. Pat. No. 8,368,665, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/412, 483, filed Mar. 5, 2012, entitled “Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents,” now U.S. Pat. No. 8,223,134, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/969,819, filed Jan. 4, 2008, entitled “Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents,” now U.S. Pat. No. 8,130,205, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 60/947,386, “Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Documents and Lists,” filed Jun. 29, 2007; 60/937,993, “Portable Multifunction Device,” filed Jun. 29, 2007; 60/879,469, “Portable Multifunction Device,” filed Jan. 8, 2007; and 60/879,253, “Portable Multifunction Device,” filed Jan. 7, 2007. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • This application is related to the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/188,182, “Touch Pad For Handheld Device,” filed Jul. 1, 2002; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/722,948, “Touch Pad For Handheld Device,” filed Nov. 25, 2003; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/643,256, “Movable Touch Pad With Added Functionality,” filed Aug. 18, 2003; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/654,108, “Ambidextrous Mouse,” filed Sep. 2, 2003; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/057,050, “Display Actuator,” filed Feb. 11, 2005; (9) U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/658,777, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 4, 2005; (10) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006; (11) U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/824,769, “Portable Multifunction Device,” filed Sep. 6, 2006; and (12) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,059, “Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Documents and Lists,” filed Dec. 31, 2007. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
    • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The disclosed embodiments relate generally to portable electronic devices, and more particularly, to portable devices that display portions of electronic documents and/or portions of lists of items.
    • BACKGROUND
  • As portable electronic devices become more compact, and the number of functions performed by a given device increase, it has become a significant challenge to design a user interface that allows users to easily interact with a multifunction device. This challenge is particular significant for handheld portable devices, which have much smaller screens than desktop or laptop computers. This situation is unfortunate because the user interface is the gateway through which users receive not only content but also responses to user actions or behaviors, including user attempts to access a device's features, tools, and functions. Some portable communication devices (e.g., mobile telephones, sometimes called mobile phones, cell phones, cellular telephones, and the like) have resorted to adding more pushbuttons, increasing the density of push buttons, overloading the functions of pushbuttons, or using complex menu systems to allow a user to access, store and manipulate data. These conventional user interfaces often result in complicated key sequences and menu hierarchies that must be memorized by the user.
  • Many conventional user interfaces, such as those that include physical pushbuttons, are also inflexible. This is unfortunate because it may prevent a user interface from being configured and/or adapted by either an application running on the portable device or by users. When coupled with the time consuming requirement to memorize multiple key sequences and menu hierarchies, and the difficulty in activating a desired pushbutton, such inflexibility is frustrating to most users.
  • In particular, when a conventional user interface on a portable device is used to display a portion of an electronic document or of a list of items, a user may not be able to tell the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. The user also may not be able to tell what fraction of the document or list corresponds to the displayed portion. Lacking this knowledge, the user may find viewing and navigating the document or list to be confusing and frustrating. In some portable devices, scroll bars are used to indicate the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. But scroll bars are fixed user interface features that take up valuable display screen area on an already small display screen.
  • Accordingly, there is a need for portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use and that do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content. Such interfaces increase the effectiveness, efficiency and user satisfaction with portable multifunction devices.
    • SUMMARY
  • The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for portable devices are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed portable multifunction device. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen”) with a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, the functions may include telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, blogging, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, and/or digital video playing. Instructions for performing these functions may be included in a computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • In one aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method, a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting the object, a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar and of the horizontal bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The one or more programs also include instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and display a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The instructions also cause the device to cease to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the instructions also cause the device to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The device also comprises means for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method a portion of a list of items is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the list. In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the list. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method, a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the one or more programs include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the device includes means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
  • The disclosed embodiments allow a user to understand what portion of an electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • For a better understanding of the aforementioned embodiments of the invention as well as additional embodiments thereof, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices with touch-sensitive displays in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10C illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 19A-19I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 23B and 23C are flow diagrams illustrating processes of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
    •  DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
  • Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
  • It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first gesture could be termed a second gesture, and, similarly, a second gesture could be termed a first gesture, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
  • The terminology used in the description of the invention herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the invention. As used in the description of the invention and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “comprises” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
  • Embodiments of a portable multifunction device, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device such as a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • The user interface may include a physical click wheel in addition to a touch screen or a virtual click wheel displayed on the touch screen. A click wheel is a user-interface device that may provide navigation commands based on an angular displacement of the wheel or a point of contact with the wheel by a user of the device. A click wheel may also be used to provide a user command corresponding to selection of one or more items, for example, when the user of the device presses down on at least a portion of the wheel or the center of the wheel. Alternatively, breaking contact with a click wheel image on a touch screen surface may indicate a user command corresponding to selection. For simplicity, in the discussion that follows, a portable multifunction device that includes a touch screen is used as an exemplary embodiment. It should be understood, however, that some of the user interfaces and associated processes may be applied to other devices, such as personal computers and laptop computers, that may include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical click wheel, a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
  • The device supports a variety of applications, such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • The various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch screen. One or more functions of the touch screen as well as corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch screen) of the device may support the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent.
  • The user interfaces may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments. The soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (QWERTY) and/or non-standard configurations of symbols on the displayed icons of the keyboard, such as those described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/459,606, “Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, and Ser. No. 11/459,615, “Touch Screen Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. The keyboard embodiments may include a reduced number of icons (or soft keys) relative to the number of keys in existing physical keyboards, such as that for a typewriter. This may make it easier for users to select one or more icons in the keyboard, and thus, one or more corresponding symbols. The keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. For example, displayed icons may be modified in accordance with user actions, such as selecting one or more icons and/or one or more corresponding symbols. One or more applications on the portable device may utilize common and/or different keyboard embodiments. Thus, the keyboard embodiment used may be tailored to at least some of the applications. In some embodiments, one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user. For example, one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user based on a word usage history (lexicography, slang, individual usage) of the respective user. Some of the keyboard embodiments may be adjusted to reduce a probability of a user error when selecting one or more icons, and thus one or more symbols, when using the soft keyboard embodiments.
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of the device. FIGS. 1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and may also be known as or called a touch-sensitive display system. The device 100 may include a memory 102 (which may include one or more computer readable storage mediums), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU's) 120, a peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, a speaker 111, a microphone 113, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and an external port 124. The device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164. These components may communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
  • It should be appreciated that the device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device 100, and that the device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or a may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B may be implemented in hardware, software or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of the device 100, such as the CPU 120 and the peripherals interface 118, may be controlled by the memory controller 122.
  • The peripherals interface 118 couples the input and output peripherals of the device to the CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for the device 100 and to process data.
  • In some embodiments, the peripherals interface 118, the CPU 120, and the memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as a chip 104. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
  • The RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. The RF circuitry 108 may communicate with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for email (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), and/or Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS)), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
  • The audio circuitry 110, the speaker 111, and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and the device 100. The audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from the peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. The audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by the microphone 113 from sound waves. The audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or the RF circuitry 108 by the peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, the audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g. 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack provides an interface between the audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • The I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch screen 112 and other input/control devices 116, to the peripherals interface 118. The I/O subsystem 106 may include a display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116. The other input/control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) may include an up/down button for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or the microphone 113. The one or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2). A quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of the touch screen 112 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) may turn power to the device 100 on or off. The user may be able to customize a functionality of one or more of the buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • The touch-sensitive touch screen 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. The display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to the touch screen 112. The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects, further details of which are described below.
  • A touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on the touch screen 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on the touch screen. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between a touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • The touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, or LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with a touch screen 112.
  • A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive tablets described in the following U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. However, a touch screen 112 displays visual output from the portable device 100, whereas touch sensitive tablets do not provide visual output.
  • A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • The touch screen 112 may have a resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In an exemplary embodiment, the touch screen has a resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user may make contact with the touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which are much less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, the device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, the device 100 may include a physical or virtual click wheel as an input control device 116. A user may navigate among and interact with one or more graphical objects (henceforth referred to as icons) displayed in the touch screen 112 by rotating the click wheel or by moving a point of contact with the click wheel (e.g., where the amount of movement of the point of contact is measured by its angular displacement with respect to a center point of the click wheel). The click wheel may also be used to select one or more of the displayed icons. For example, the user may press down on at least a portion of the click wheel or an associated button. User commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel may be processed by an input controller 160 as well as one or more of the modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102. For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156, respectively. For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel may be either an opaque or semitransparent object that appears and disappears on the touch screen display in response to user interaction with the device. In some embodiments, a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of a portable multifunction device and operated by user contact with the touch screen.
  • The device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components. The power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • The device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164. FIGS. 1A and 1B show an optical sensor coupled to an optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. The optical sensor 164 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. The optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with an imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), the optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for either still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image may be obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 may be used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • The device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. FIGS. 1A and 1B show a proximity sensor 166 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternately, the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The proximity sensor 166 may perform as described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” filed Sep. 30, 2005; 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” filed Sep. 30, 2005; No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices,” filed Oct. 24, 2006; and No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). In some embodiments, the proximity sensor keeps the screen off when the device is in the user's pocket, purse, or other dark area to prevent unnecessary battery drainage when the device is a locked state.
  • The device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168. FIGS. 1A and 1B show an accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternately, the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The accelerometer 168 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 may include an operating system 126, a communication module (or set of instructions) 128, a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, a text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or set of instructions) 136.
  • The operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • The communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external port 124. The external port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.) devices.
  • The contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with the touch screen 112 (in conjunction with the display controller 156) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred, determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch screen 112, and determining if the contact has been broken (i.e., if the contact has ceased). Determining movement of the point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations may be applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 also detects contact on a touchpad. In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the controller 160 detects contact on a click wheel.
  • The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112, including components for changing the intensity of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like. An animation in this context is a display of a sequence of images that gives the appearance of movement, and informs the user of an action that has been performed (such as moving an email message to a folder). In this context, a respective animation that confirms an action by the user of the device typically takes a predefined, finite amount of time, such as an amount of time between 0.2 and 1.0 seconds, or between 0.5 and 2.0 seconds, depending on the context.
  • The text input module 134, which may be a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, blogging 142, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
  • The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • The applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
      • a contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
      • a telephone module 138;
      • a video conferencing module 139;
      • an e-mail client module 140;
      • an instant messaging (IM) module 141;
      • a blogging module 142;
      • a camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
      • an image management module 144;
      • a video player module 145;
      • a music player module 146;
      • a browser module 147;
      • a calendar module 148;
      • widget modules 149, which may include weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
      • widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
      • search module 151;
      • video and music player module 152, which merges video player module 145 and music player module 146;
      • notes module 153; and/or
      • map module 154.
  • Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list, including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using contacts module 137 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the telephone module 138 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in the address book 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using telephone module 138 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list 137, and telephone module 138, the videoconferencing module 139 may be used to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the e-mail client module 140 may be used to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail. In conjunction with image management module 144, the e-mail module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using e-mail module 140 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using instant messaging module 141 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, image management module 144, and browsing module 147, the blogging module 142 may be used to send text, still images, video, and/or other graphics to a blog (e.g., the user's blog).
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, the camera module 143 may be used to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using camera module 143 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, the image management module 144 may be used to arrange, modify or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using image management module 144 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, and speaker 111, the video player module 145 may be used to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using video player module 145 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, the music player module 146 allows the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files. In some embodiments, the device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using music player module 146 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the browser module 147 may be used to browse the Internet, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using browser module 147 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail module 140, and browser module 147, the calendar module 148 may be used to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using calendar module 148 are described further below.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget modules 149 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the search module 151 may be used to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms).
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the notes module 153 may be used to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, the map module 154 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data).
  • Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of instructions for performing one or more functions described above. These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module 145 may be combined with music player module 146 into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1B). In some embodiments, memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • In some embodiments, the device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen 112 and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input/control device for operation of the device 100, the number of physical input/control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on the device 100 may be reduced.
  • The predefined set of functions that may be performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that may be displayed on the device 100. In such embodiments, the touchpad may be referred to as a “menu button.” In some other embodiments, the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input/control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user may select one or more of the graphics by making contact or touching the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the contact may include a gesture, such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with the device 100. In some embodiments, inadvertent contact with a graphic may not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • The device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, the menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that may be executed on the device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI in touch screen 112.
  • In one embodiment, the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, a head set jack 212, and a docking/charging external port 124. The push button 206 may be used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, the device 100 also may accept verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through the microphone 113.
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that may be implemented on a portable multifunction device 100.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Unlock image 302 that is moved with a finger gesture to unlock the device;
      • Arrow 304 that provides a visual cue to the unlock gesture;
      • Channel 306 that provides additional cues to the unlock gesture;
      • Time 308;
      • Day 310;
      • Date 312; and
      • Wallpaper image 314.
  • In some embodiments, the device detects contact with the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a user's finger making contact on or near the unlock image 302) while the device is in a user-interface lock state. The device moves the unlock image 302 in accordance with the contact. The device transitions to a user-interface unlock state if the detected contact corresponds to a predefined gesture, such as moving the unlock image across channel 306. Conversely, the device maintains the user-interface lock state if the detected contact does not correspond to the predefined gesture. As noted above, processes that use gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking A Device By Performing Gestures On An Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, and Ser. No. 11/322,550, “Indication Of Progress Towards Satisfaction Of A User Input Condition,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 400A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;
      • Time 404;
      • Battery status indicator 406;
      • Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as one or more of the following:
        • Phone 138, which may include an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;
        • E-mail client 140, which may include an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails;
        • Browser 147; and
        • Music player 146; and
      • Icons for other applications, such as one or more of the following:
        • IM 141;
        • Image management 144;
        • Camera 143;
        • Video player 145;
        • Weather 149-1;
        • Stocks 149-2;
        • Blog 142;
        • Calendar 148;
        • Calculator 149-3;
        • Alarm clock 149-4;
        • Dictionary 149-5; and
        • User-created widget 149-6.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 400B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 141, 148, 144, 143, 149-3, 149-2, 149-1, 149-4, 410, 414, 138, 140, and 147, as described above;
      • Map 154;
      • Notes 153;
      • Settings 412, which provides access to settings for the device 100 and its various applications 136, as described further below; and
      • Video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.) module 152.
  • In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B displays all of the available applications 136 on one screen so that there is no need to scroll through a list of applications (e.g., via a scroll bar). In some embodiments, as the number of applications increase, the icons corresponding to the applications may decrease in size so that all applications may be displayed on a single screen without scrolling. In some embodiments, having all applications on one screen and a menu button enables a user to access any desired application with at most two inputs, such as activating the menu button 204 and then activating the desired application (e.g., by a tap or other finger gesture on the icon corresponding to the application).
  • In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B provides integrated access to both widget-based applications and non-widget-based applications. In some embodiments, all of the widgets, whether user-created or not, are displayed in UI 400A or 400B. In other embodiments, activating the icon for user-created widget 149-6 may lead to another UI that contains the user-created widgets or icons corresponding to the user-created widgets.
  • In some embodiments, a user may rearrange the icons in UI 400A or 400B, e.g., using processes described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/459,602, “Portable Electronic Device With Interface Reconfiguration Mode,” filed Jul. 24, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a user may move application icons in and out of tray 408 using finger gestures.
  • In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B includes a gauge (not shown) that displays an updated account usage metric for an account associated with usage of the device (e.g., a cellular phone account), as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,552, “Account Information Display For Portable Communication Device,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • “Instant Messages” or other similar label 502:
      • Names 504 of the people a user is having instant message conversations with (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1) or the phone number if the person's name is not available (e.g., 408-123-4567 504-3);
      • Text 506 of the last message in the conversation;
      • Date 508 and/or time of the last message in the conversation;
      • Selection icon 510 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for the corresponding conversation (e.g., FIG. 6A for Jane Doe 504-1);
      • Edit icon 512 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for deleting conversations;
      • Create message icon 514 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to the users contact list (e.g., FIG. 7A); and
      • Vertical bar 516 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of instant message conversations is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the name 504 used for an instant message conversation is determined by finding an entry in the user's contact list 137 that contains the phone number used for the instant message conversation. If no such entry is found, then just the phone number is displayed (e.g., 504-3). In some embodiments, if the other party sends messages from two or more different phone numbers, the messages may appear as a single conversation under a single name if all of the phone numbers used are found in the same entry (i.e., the entry for the other party) in the user's contact list 137.
  • Automatically grouping the instant messages into “conversations” (instant message exchanges with the same user or the same phone number) makes it easier for the user to carry on and keep track of instant message exchanges with multiple parties.
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 516 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant message conversations). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 516 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 516 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. In some embodiments, if the entire list of IM conversations can be displayed simultaneously on the touch screen 112, the vertical bar 516 is not displayed. In some embodiments, if the entire list of IM conversations can be displayed simultaneously on the touch screen 112, the vertical bar 516 is displayed with a length that corresponds to the length of the list display area (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5).
  • FIGS. 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Name 504 corresponding to the phone number used in the instant message conversation (or the phone number itself if the name is not available);
      • Instant messages icon 602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI listing instant message conversations (e.g., UI 500);
      • Instant messages 604 from the other party, typically listed in order along one side of UI 600A;
      • Instant messages 606 to the other party, typically listed in order along the opposite side of UI 600A to show the back and forth interplay of messages in the conversation;
      • Timestamps 608 for at least some of the instant messages;
      • Text entry box 612;
      • Send icon 614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
      • Letter keyboard 616 for entering text in box 612;
      • Alternate keyboard selector icon 618 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a different keyboard (e.g., 624, FIG. 6C);
      • Send icon 620 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
      • Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) capitalizes the next letter chosen on letter keyboard 616; and
      • Vertical bar 630 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of instant messages in an IM conversation is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the message conversation (comprised of messages 604 and 606) by applying a vertical swipe gesture 610 to the area displaying the conversation. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the conversation downward, thereby showing older messages in the conversation. In some embodiments, a vertically upward gesture scrolls the conversation upward, thereby showing newer, more recent messages in the conversation. In some embodiments, as noted above, the last message in the conversation (e.g., 606-2) is displayed in the list of instant messages 500 (e.g., 506-1).
  • In some embodiments, keys in keyboards 616 (FIGS. 6A, 6B, 6E-6K), 624 (FIG. 6C), and/or 639 (FIG. 6D) briefly change shade and/or color when touched/activated by a user to help the user learn to activate the desired keys.
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 630 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant messages). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 630 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 630 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 6A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 630 indicates that the bottom of the list of messages is being displayed (which correspond to the most recent messages) and the vertical length of the vertical bar 630 indicates that roughly half of the messages in the conversation are being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, and 630 as described above; and
      • word suggestion area 622 that provides a list of possible words to complete the word fragment being typed by the user in box 612.
  • In some embodiments, the word suggestion area does not appear in UI 600B until after a predefined time delay (e.g., 2-3 seconds) in text being entered by the user. In some embodiments, the word suggestion area is not used or can be turned off by the user.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600C includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 620, and 622 as described above;
      • Alternate keyboard 624, which may be made up primarily of digits and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys;
      • Letter keyboard selector icon 626 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a letter keyboard (e.g., 616, FIG. 6A); and
      • Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of yet another keyboard (e.g., 639, FIG. 6D).
  • In some embodiments, keeping the period key 631 near keyboard selector icon 626 reduces the distance that a user's finger needs to travel to enter the oft-used period.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600D includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 620, 622, 626, 628 as described above; and
      • Another alternate keyboard 639, which may be made up primarily of symbols and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600E includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 616, 618, and 620, as described above; and
      • New instant message 606-3 sent to the other party.
  • In some embodiments, when the user activates a send key (e.g., either 614 or 620), the text in text box 612 “pops” or otherwise comes out of the box and becomes part of the string of user messages 606 to the other party. The black arrows in FIG. 6E illustrate an animated formation of a quote bubble 606-3. In some embodiments, the size of the quote bubble scales with the size of the message. In some embodiments, a sound is also made when the message is sent, such as a droplet sound, to notify the user.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600F includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, and 628, as described above;
      • Recipient input field 632 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the field) receives and displays the phone number of the recipient of the instant message (or the recipient's name if the recipient is already in the user's contact list);
      • Add recipient icon 634 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 638, FIG. 6G); and
      • Cancel icon 636 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) cancels the new instant message.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 600G includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, and 636, as described above;
      • Scrollable list 638 of contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632; and
      • Vertical bar 640 that helps a user understand how many items in the contact list that match the input in recipient input field 632 are being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, list 638 contains contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632. For example, if the letter “v” is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “v” are shown. If the letters “va” are input in field 632, then the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “va”, and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 638).
  • In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list 638 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 642 to the area displaying the list 638. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 640 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 638). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 640 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 640 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, user interfaces 600H and 600I include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, and 636, as described above;
      • Suggested word 644 adjacent to the word being input;
      • Suggested word 646 in the space bar in keyboard 616; and/or
      • Insertion marker 656 (e.g., a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer).
  • In some embodiments, activating suggested word 644 (e.g., by a finger tap on the suggested word) replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 644. In some embodiments, activating suggested word 646 (e.g., by a finger tap on the space bar) replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 646. In some embodiments, a user can set whether suggested words 644 and/or 646 are shown (e.g., by setting a user preference).
  • In some embodiments, a letter is enlarged briefly after it is selected (e.g., “N” is enlarged briefly after typing “din” in FIG. 6H) to provide feedback to the user.
  • In some embodiments, user interfaces 600J and 600K include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, 636, and 656 as described above; and
      • Expanded portion 650 of graphics that helps a user adjust the position of an expanded insertion marker 657 (sometimes called an “insertion point magnifier”); and
      • Expanded insertion marker 657.
  • In some embodiments, a finger contact 648-1 on or near the insertion marker 656 initiates display of insertion point magnifier 650 and expanded insertion marker 657-1. In some embodiments, as the finger contact is moved on the touch screen (e.g., to position 648-2), there is corresponding motion of the expanded insertion marker (e.g., to 657-2) and the insertion point magnifier 650. Thus, the insertion point magnifier 650 provides an efficient way to position a cursor or other insertion marker using finger input on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the magnifier 650 remains visible and can be repositioned as long as continuous contact is maintained with the touch screen (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2 to even 648-3).
  • In some embodiments, a portable electronic device displays graphics and an insertion marker (e.g., marker 656, FIG. 6I) at a first location in the graphics on a touch screen display (e.g., FIG. 6I). In some embodiments, the insertion marker 656 is a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer. In some embodiments, the graphics comprise text (e.g., text in box 612, FIG. 6I).
  • A finger contact is detected with the touch screen display (e.g., contact 648-1, FIG. 6I). In some embodiments, the location of the finger contact is proximate to the location of the insertion marker. In some embodiments, the location of the finger contact is anywhere within a text entry area (e.g., box 612, FIG. 6I).
  • In response to the detected finger contact, the insertion marker is expanded from a first size (e.g., marker 656, FIG. 6I) to a second size (e.g., marker 657-1, FIG. 6J) on the touch screen display, and a portion (e.g., portion 650-1, FIG. 6J) of the graphics on the touch screen display is expanded from an original size to an expanded size.
  • In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded includes the insertion marker and adjacent graphics. In some embodiments, after the insertion point and the portion of the graphics are expanded, graphics are displayed that include the insertion marker and adjacent graphics at the original size and at the expanded size.
  • Movement of the finger contact is detected on the touch screen display (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2, FIG. 6J).
  • The expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from the first location (e.g., 657-1, FIG. 6J) to a second location in the graphics (e.g., 657-2, FIG. 6J).
  • In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded changes as the insertion marker moves from the first location to the second location (e.g., from 650-1 to 650-2, FIG. 6J). In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a predefined shape. In some embodiments the portion (e.g., 650, FIG. 6J) of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a circle. In some embodiments, the expanded insertion marker 657 is within the circle.
  • In some embodiments, the detected movement of the finger contact has a horizontal component on the touch screen display and a vertical component on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, moving the expanded insertion marker 657 in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker and the expanded portion of the graphics in accordance with the horizontal component of motion of the finger contact if the finger contact moves outside a text entry area without breaking contact. For example, in FIG. 6I, if the finger contact moves from 648-2 (inside the text entry area 612) to 648-3 (in the keyboard area), the expanded insertion point 657 and the expanded portion 650 of the graphics may move horizontally along the lower portion of the text entry area in accordance with the horizontal component of the movement from 648-2 to 648-3 (not shown).
  • In some embodiments, moving the expanded insertion marker in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker in a first area of the touch screen that includes characters entered using a soft keyboard (e.g., text box 612, FIG. 6J), wherein the soft keyboard is located in a second area of the touch screen that is separate from the first area (e.g., keyboard 616, FIG. 6J).
  • In some embodiments, the expanded insertion marker is contracted from the second size to the first size if finger contact with the touch screen display is broken (e.g., insertion marker 656, FIG. 6K). In some embodiments, the contracting includes an animation of the expanded insertion marker 657 shrinking into the insertion marker 656 at the second location.
  • In some embodiments, the expanded portion 650 of the graphics is contracted if finger contact with the touch screen display is no longer detected for a predetermined time.
  • A graphical user interface on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises an insertion marker and graphics. In response to detecting a finger contact 648 with the touch screen display, the insertion marker is expanded from a first size 656 to a second size 657, and a portion 650 of the graphics is expanded. In response to detecting movement of the finger contact on the touch screen display, the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from a first location 657-1 in the graphics to a second location 657-2 in the graphics.
  • Additional description of insertion marker positioning can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/553,436, “Method, System, And Graphical User Interface For Positioning An Insertion Marker In A Touch Screen Display,” filed Oct. 26, 2006, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Additional description of instant messaging on portable electronic devices can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,819, “Portable Electronic Device For Instant Messaging,” filed Jan. 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, user interfaces 800A and 800B (FIGS. 7A and 7B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, as described above;
      • Groups icon 802 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of groups of contacts;
      • First name icon 804 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their first names (FIG. 7B);
      • Last name icon 806 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their last names (FIG. 7A);
      • Alphabet list icons 808 that the user can touch to quickly arrive at a particular first letter in the displayed contact list;
      • Cancel icon 810 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer back to the previous UI (e.g., UI 500, FIG. 5); and
      • Other number icon 812 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI for entering a phone number for instant messaging, such as a phone number that is not in the user's contact list.
  • In some embodiments, the functions of first name icon 804 and last name icon 806 are incorporated into settings 412 (FIG. 4B, e.g., as a user preference setting) rather than being displayed in a contacts list UI (e.g., 800A and 800B, FIGS. 7A and 7B).
  • As described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/322,547, “Scrolling List With Floating Adjacent Index Symbols,” filed Dec. 23, 2005; No. 11/322,551, “Continuous Scrolling List With Acceleration,” filed Dec. 23, 2005; and No. 11/322,553, “List Scrolling In Response To Moving Contact Over List Of Index Symbols,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, the user may scroll through the contact list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 814 on the touch screen.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1000 (FIG. 8) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Viewfinder 1002;
      • Camera roll 1004 that manages images and/or videos taken with the camera;
      • Shutter 1006 for taking still images;
      • Record button 1008 for starting and stopping video recording;
      • Timer 1010 for taking an image after a predefined time delay; and
      • Image 1012 that appears (e.g., via the animation illustrated schematically in FIG. 8) to be added to camera roll 1004 when it is obtained.
  • In some embodiments, the orientation of the camera in the shutter icon 1006 rotates as the device 100 is rotated between portrait and landscape orientations.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1100 (FIG. 9) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Thumbnail images 1102 of images and/or videos obtained by camera 143;
      • Camera icon 1104 or done icon 1110 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera UI (e.g., UI 1000); and
      • Vertical bar 1112 that helps a user understand what portion of the camera roll is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1102 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1106 on the touch screen. In some embodiments, a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail (e.g., a tap gesture 1108 on thumbnail 1102-11) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1200A, FIG. 10A).
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 1112 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the thumbnails 1102). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the camera roll that corresponds to the vertical position in the camera roll of the displayed portion of the camera roll. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the camera roll being displayed. For example, in FIG. 9, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that the middle of the camera roll is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that roughly half of the images in the camera roll are being displayed.
  • FIGS. 10A-10C illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 1200A (FIG. 10A) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 1104, and 1110, as described above;
      • Camera roll icon 1202 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera roll UI (e.g., UI 1100, FIG. 9);
      • Image 1204;
      • Additional options icon 1206 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1204;
      • Previous image icon 1208 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-10);
      • Play icon 1210 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the camera roll;
      • Next image icon 1212 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-12);
      • Delete symbol icon 1214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete image 1204 (e.g. UI 1200B, FIG. 10B);
      • Vertical bar 1222 that helps a user understand what portion of the image 1204 is being displayed; and
      • Horizontal bar 1224 that helps a user understand what portion of the image 1204 is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1216 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from left to right on the image.
  • In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1218 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from right to left on the image.
  • By offering multiple ways to perform the same task (e.g., to view the next image by tapping icon 1212, tap 1218, or right to left swipe 1220), the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user.
  • In some embodiments, image 1204 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1204 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
  • In some embodiments, a tap gesture such as 1216 or 1218 magnifies the image 1204 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1204 is displayed. In some embodiments, when the image is already magnified, repeating the tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
  • In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1204 is displayed, vertical bar 1222 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 10A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that the top of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that a portion from the top half of the image is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1204 is displayed, horizontal bar 1224 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 10A, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the right side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion from the right half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1222 and horizontal bar 1224 indicate that the northeast quadrant of the image 1204 is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, user interface 1200B (FIG. 10B) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, 1104, 1110,1202, and 1204, as described above;
      • Delete icon 1216 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the image 1204; and
      • Cancel icon 1218 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous user interface (e.g. UI 1200A, FIG. 10A)
  • In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 10C, the image may go through a deletion animation to show the user that the image is being deleted.
  • This deletion process, which requires gestures by the user on two different user interfaces (e.g., 1200A and 1200B, FIGS. 10A and 10B), greatly reduces the chance that a user will accidentally delete an image or other similar item.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1300A (FIG. 11A) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Graphics 1304, e.g., thumbnail images of the first picture or a user-selected picture in the corresponding albums;
      • Album names 1306;
      • Selection icons 1308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, FIG. 12);
      • Settings icon 1310, that brings up a settings menu when activated by a user gesture (e.g., a tap gesture); and
      • Vertical bar 1314 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of albums is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11B, one of the photo albums (e.g., 1306-7) may correspond to the user's photo library; another album (e.g., 1306-8) may correspond to the camera roll (FIG. 9); another album (e.g., 1306-9) may correspond to images added to the photo library in the last 12 months; and other albums (e.g., 1306-10-1306-13) may correspond to albums created and organized by the user.
  • The albums may be downloaded on to the device from a wide range of sources, such as the user's desktop or laptop computer, the Internet, etc.
  • If there is a long list of albums that fill more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1312 on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular album (e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304, album name 1306, or selection icon 1308) to initiate display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, FIG. 12).
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 1314 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of albums). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 11B, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that the top of the list of albums is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that roughly half of the albums in the list are being displayed.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1500 (FIG. 12) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Photo albums icon 1502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the photo albums UI (e.g., UI 1300B, FIG. 11B);
      • Thumbnail images 1506 of images in the corresponding album;
      • Play icon 1508 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and
      • Vertical bar 1514 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of thumbnail images 1506 in an album is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1506 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1510 on the touch screen. In some embodiments, a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail (e.g., a tap gesture 1512 on thumbnail 1506-11) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1600A and 1600B, FIGS. 13A and 13B).
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 1514 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of thumbnails). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 12, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that the middle of the list of thumbnails is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that roughly half of the thumbnails in the album are being displayed.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interfaces 1600A and 1600B (FIGS. 13A and 13B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Album name icon 1602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the corresponding album UI (e.g., UI 1500, FIG. 12);
      • Image 1606;
      • Additional options icon 1608 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1606;
      • Previous image icon 1610 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the album (e.g., 1506-10);
      • Play icon 1612 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and
      • Next image icon 1614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the album (e.g., 1506-12).
  • In some embodiments, icons 1608, 1610, 1612, and 1614 are displayed in response to detecting a gesture on the touch screen (e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606) and then cease to be displayed if no interaction with the touch screen is detected after a predetermined time (e.g., 3-5 seconds), thereby providing a “heads up display” effect for these icons.
  • In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1618 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from left to right on the image.
  • In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1620 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from right to left on the image.
  • By offering multiple ways to perform the same task (e.g., to view the next image by tapping icon 1614, tap 1620, or right to left swipe 1616), the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user.
  • In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
  • In some embodiments, a double tap gesture such as 1618 or 1620 magnifies the image 1606 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1606 is displayed. In some embodiments, when the image is already magnified, repeating the double tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
  • In some embodiments, a multi-finger de-pinching gesture magnifies the image 1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger de-pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger de-pinching gesture. In some embodiments, a multi-finger pinching gesture demagnifies the image 1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger pinching gesture.
  • In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, vertical bar 1622 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 13A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that the bottom of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that a portion from the bottom half of the image is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, horizontal bar 1624 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in FIG. 13A, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the left side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1624 indicates that a portion from the left half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 indicate that the southwest quadrant of the image 1606 is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation (e.g., using accelerometer 168), UI 1600A (including image 1606) is rotated by 90° to UI 1600B (FIG. 13B). In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed in landscape orientation (UI 1600B, FIG. 13B), vertical bar 1628 and horizontal bar 1630 are displayed and act in an analogous manner to vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 (UI 1600A, FIG. 13A), described above. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a landscape orientation to a portrait orientation (e.g., using accelerometer 168), the UI 1600B is rotated by 90° to UI 1600A (FIG. 13A).
  • In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, in response to detecting a finger drag or swipe gesture (e.g., 1626), the displayed portion of the image is translated in accordance with the direction of the drag or swipe gesture (e.g., vertical, horizontal, or diagonal translation).
  • FIGS. 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device displays a series of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 2101 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Playlists row 2108, the UI changes from a display of video categories (UI 2100A, FIG. 14A) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, FIG. 14B). In turn, if the user activates the selection icon for My Movies (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the My Movies row 2110, the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, FIG. 14B) to a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, FIG. 14C), and so forth.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device navigates back up through the hierarchy of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates Playlists icon 2106 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, FIG. 14C) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, FIG. 14B). In turn, if the user activates the Videos icon 2104 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, FIG. 14B) to a display of video categories (UI 2100A, FIG. 14A).
  • In some embodiments, in response to user selection of a particular video (e.g., by a tap or other predefined gesture on the graphic, title, or anywhere 2112 (FIG. 14C) in the row for a particular video), the device displays the selected video (e.g., King Kong) in a video player UI.
  • In some embodiments, in response to user selection of settings icon 2102 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the device displays a settings UI for a video player.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, in response to the user activating All icon 2810, the touch screen displays a list of all recent calls (e.g., UI 2800A, FIG. 15A). In some embodiments, in response to the user activating Missed icon 2812, the touch screen displays a list of recent missed calls (e.g., UI 2800B, FIG. 15B).
  • In some embodiments, each row in a list corresponds to a call or a consecutive sequence of calls involving the same person or the same number (without an intervening call involving another person or another phone number). In some embodiments, each row includes: the name 2802 of the other party (if available via the contact module) or the phone number (if the name of the other party is not available); the number 2804 of consecutive calls; the date and/or time 2806 of the last call; and an additional information icon 2808. In some embodiments, in response to the user activating icon 2808 for a particular row (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays the corresponding contact list entry for the other party (e.g., UI 2800C, FIG. 15C) or UI 2800D (FIG. 15D) if the phone number cannot be associated with an entry in the user's contact list. In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture elsewhere (i.e., a tap or gesture other than on icon 2808) in a given row, the phone module dials the corresponding phone number for that row.
  • In some embodiments, some rows may include icons indicating whether the last call associated with the row was missed or answered.
  • If the list of recent calls fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 2814 on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, UI 2800C (FIG. 15C) highlights (e.g., with color, shading, and/or bolding) the phone number associated with the recent call (e.g., the two recent incoming calls from Bruce Walker in UI 2800A, FIG. 15A, came from Bruce Walker's work number 2816). In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on the highlighted number 2816, the phone module dials the highlighted number (e.g., 2816). In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on another number in the contact list entry (e.g., home number 2818), the phone module dials the corresponding number. In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on an email address in the contact list entry (e.g., either work email 2820 or home email 2822), the mail module prepares an email message with the selected email address, ready for text input by the user. Thus, by selecting icon 2808 (FIG. 15A), the user may then easily respond to a caller using the same number involved in the previous call (e.g., 2816), another number associated with the same caller (e.g., 2818), or another mode of communication besides the phone (e.g., an email to the caller's work 2820 or home 2822 email address).
  • In some embodiments, UI 2800D (FIG. 15D) provides one or more options for a user to make use of a phone number in a recent call that is not associated with an entry in the user's contact list. In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture, the device may: call the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2824); initiate creation of a text message or other instant message to the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2825); create a new contact with the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2826); or add the phone number to an existing contact (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2828).
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting a gesture on the clear icon 2832 (e.g., a single finger tap on the icon 2832), one or more recent calls selected by the user are deleted from the list of recent calls.
  • Additional description of missed call management can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,782, “Telephone Call Management For A Portable Multifunction Device,” filed Jan. 6, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interfaces 3200A-3200D (FIGS. 16A-16D) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • backup icon 3202 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a process that backs up and replays the preceding few seconds of the voicemail message;
      • Progress bar 3204 that indicates what fraction of a voicemail message has been played and that may be used to help scroll through the message in response to a user gesture 3206;
      • Speed up icon 3208 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a process that speeds up playback of the voicemail message, which may also adjust the sound frequency or pitch of the fast playback so that the words, although spoken quickly, are still easy to understand;
      • Names 3210 of the people (associated with incoming phone numbers via the user's contact list) who have left voicemail messages (e.g., Aaron Jones 3210-1) or the phone number if the person's name is not available (e.g., 408-246-8101 3210-2);
      • Date 3212 and/or time of the voicemail;
      • Additional information icon 3214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to the corresponding contact list entry (e.g., UI 2800C, FIG. 15C) or to a UI for unknown phone numbers (e.g., UI 2800D, FIG. 15D);
      • Speaker icon 3216 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates playback of the voicemail through a speaker;
      • Options icon 3218 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a menu of additional voicemail options;
      • Pause icon 3220 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates pausing of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages (FIG. 16A) or adjacent to a selected message (FIG. 16C);
      • Delete symbol icon 3222 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the corresponding voicemail (e.g. UI 3200B, FIG. 16B or UI 3200D, FIG. 16D).
      • Cancel icon 3226 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C) without deleting the corresponding voicemail;
      • Confirm delete icon 3228 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the corresponding voicemail and changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C);
      • Play icon 3230 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates or continues playback of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages (FIG. 16B) or adjacent to a selected message (FIG. 16C);
      • Not heard icon 3232 that indicates that the corresponding voicemail has not been heard;
      • Downloading icon 3234 that indicates that the corresponding voicemail is being downloaded to the device 100; and
      • Call icon 3240 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a call to the phone number associated with the selected voicemail.
  • If the list of voicemail messages fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3224 on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, a vertical bar 3260 (FIG. 16C), analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of voicemails that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail. Thus, there is random access to the voicemails and the voicemails may be heard in any order.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a user gesture, the playback position in the voicemail can be modified. For example, in response to the user's finger touching 3206 at or near the end of the progress bar and then sliding along the progress bar, the playback position may be altered to correspond to the position of the user's finger along the progress bar. This user gesture on the progress bar makes it easy for a user to skip to and/or replay portions of interest in the voicemail message.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 3300 (FIG. 17) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • a set of mailboxes, such as inbox 3302, which may be organized in rows with a selection icon 3306 for each row;
      • an unread messages icon 3304 that indicates the number of unread messages;
      • a settings icon 3308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to input mailbox settings; and
      • a create email icon 3310 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for creating a new email message (e.g. UI 3400A, FIG. 18A).
  • If the set of mailboxes fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the mailboxes using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3312 on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, a vertical bar, analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of mailboxes that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In response to the user activating create email icon 3310 (FIG. 17), the device displays UI 3400A (FIG. 18A).
  • In some embodiments, if the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the subject line 3408 or in the body of the email 3412 (FIG. 18A), a letter keyboard 616 appears and the user may input the subject and/or body text (FIG. 18C). In some embodiments, to enter the email address, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact; and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message (FIG. 18C). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact (e.g., tapping on Janet Walker in the contact list); and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message (FIG. 18C).
  • In some embodiments, to enter the email address, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email (FIG. 18A). Add recipient icon 3422 appears, which when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon 3422) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 3426, FIG. 18B) that match the input, if any, in the To: field. For example, if the letter “B” is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “B” are shown. If the letters “Br” are input in the To: field, then the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “Br”, and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 3426). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email and follows an analogous procedure to that used for inputting addresses in the To: field.
  • In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list 3426 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 3428 to the area displaying the list 3426. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward,
  • In some embodiments, a vertical bar 3430 (FIG. 18B) is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 3426). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the user may also enter the email address using one or more keyboards (e.g., 616 and 624, not shown).
  • The device sends the email message in response to the user activating the send icon 3404 (FIG. 18C) (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon). Alternatively, if the user activates the cancel icon 3402, the device may display a save draft icon and a don't save (or delete message) icon. The device saves the draft if the user activates the save draft icon 1810, e.g., in a drafts folder in mail client 140 (FIG. 17). The device deletes the draft if the user activates the don't save icon 1812.
  • In some embodiments, in response to the user activating the attach icon 3410 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays a UI for adding attachments (not shown).
  • FIGS. 19A-19I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments. Analogous user interfaces may be used to display and manage the other mailboxes (e.g., drafts, sent, trash, personal, and/or work in UI 3300, FIG. 17). In some embodiments, user interfaces 3500A-3500I (FIGS. 19A-19I) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, 406, and 3310, as described above;
      • mailboxes icon 3502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of mailbox UI 3300 (FIG. 17);
      • unread messages icon 3504 that displays the number of unread messages in the inbox;
      • names 3506 of the senders of the email messages;
      • subject lines 3508 for the email messages;
      • dates 3510 of the email messages;
      • unread message icons 3512 that indicate messages that have not been opened;
      • preview pane separator 3518 that separates the list of messages from a preview of a selected message in the list;
      • settings icon 3520 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a settings user interface;
      • move message icon 3522 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a move message user interface;
      • Delete symbol icon 3524 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the selected email (e.g. UI 3500E, FIG. 19E);
      • Reply/Forward icon 3526 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to select how to reply or forward the selected email (e.g. UI 3500F, FIG. 19F or UI 3500I, FIG. 19I);
      • Preview pane 3528 that displays a portion of the selected email message;
      • Details icon 3530 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of email addressing details 3534 (FIG. 19C);
      • Cancel icon 3540 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous user interface (e.g. UI 3500D, FIG. 19D);
      • Confirm delete icon 3542 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the selected email;
      • Reply icon 3544 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email replying to the sender;
      • Reply All icon 3546 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email replying to the sender and the other parties included in the selected email (e.g., by cc:);
      • Forward icon 3548 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email to be forwarded;
      • Show preview pane icon 3550 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of preview pane 3528;
      • Don't show preview pane icon 3552 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) stops display of preview pane 3528;
      • Vertical bar 3554 for the list of email messages that helps a user understand what portion of the list of email messages is being displayed;
      • Vertical bar 3556 for the email message in the preview pane that helps a user understand what portion of the message is being displayed;
      • Horizontal bar 3558 for the email message in the preview pane that helps a user understand what portion of the message is being displayed; and
      • Refresh mailbox icon 3560 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates downloading of new email messages, if any, from a remote server.
  • If the set of emails fill more than the screen area (or more than the screen area above the preview pane), the user may scroll through the emails using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3514 on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 3554 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of email messages). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email list being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that the middle of the email list is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that roughly one third of the e-mail list is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, the email subjects 3508 are not displayed if the preview pane 3528 is used. In some embodiments, the position of the preview pane separator can be adjusted by the user making contact 3516 at or near the preview pane separator and moving the separator to the desired location by dragging the finger contact 3538. In some embodiments, arrows 3539 or other graphics appear during the positioning of the preview pane separator (e.g., UI 3500D, FIG. 19D) to help guide the user.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, some or all of the text in the row is highlighted (e.g., by coloring, shading, or bolding) and the corresponding message is displayed in the preview pane area. In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, the email message is displayed on the full screen if the preview pane is not being used.
  • In some embodiments, if the selected email fills more than the preview pane area, the user may scroll through the email using two-dimensional gestures 3532 in the preview pane with vertical and/or horizontal movement of the email on the touch screen.
  • In some embodiments, vertical bar 3556 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email message that corresponds to the vertical position in the email of the displayed portion of the email. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that the top of the email is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that a portion from the top quarter of the email is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, horizontal bar 3558 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the email that corresponds to the horizontal position in the email of the displayed portion of the email. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in FIG. 19H, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion of the left side of the email is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion from the left half of the email is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 3556 and horizontal bar 3558 indicate that the northwest corner of the email message in the preview pane is being displayed.
  • In some embodiments, an email is displayed such that only vertical scrolling is needed, in which case horizontal bar 3558 is not used
  • In some embodiments, in response to user activation of an additional information icon (e.g., “>”) on the detail information 3534 in FIG. 19C (e.g., by a finger tap 3536 on the icon), the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800C, FIG. 15C) or a UI analogous to UI 2800D, FIG. 15D.
  • FIG. 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 3600 (FIG. 19J) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Done icon 3602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous UI;
      • Accounts 3604 for entering email account information;
      • Message list displays 3606 for selecting whether sender 3506 and/or subject 3508 information is displayed in the emails lists;
      • Display newest messages 3608 for selecting whether the newest messages are displayed at the top or bottom of the screen;
      • Message display locations 3610 for selecting whether the messages are displayed in the preview pane or full screen;
      • Preferred message format 3612 for selecting how the messages are formatted (e.g., HTML or plain text);
      • Rules 3614 for creating rules for managing email messages;
      • Selection icons 3616 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) show choices for the corresponding settings.
  • In some embodiments, a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular setting to initiate display of the corresponding setting choices.
  • In some embodiments, the settings in FIG. 19J are incorporated into settings 412 (FIG. 4B) and settings icon 3520 need not be displayed in the email application 140 (e.g., FIG. 19G).
  • FIGS. 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, user interfaces 3900A-3900G (FIGS. 20A-20G) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
      • Previous page icon 3902 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous web page;
      • Web page name 3904;
      • Next page icon 3906 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next web page;
      • URL (Uniform Resource Locator) entry box 3908 for inputting URLs of web pages;
      • Refresh icon 3910 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a refresh of the web page;
      • Web page 3912 or other structured document, which is made of blocks 3914 of text content and other graphics (e.g., images and inline multimedia);
      • Settings icon 3916 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a settings menu for the browser;
      • Bookmarks icon 3918 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a bookmarks list or menu for the browser;
      • Add bookmark icon 3920 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding bookmarks;
      • New window icon 3922 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding new windows to the browser;
      • Vertical bar 3962 (FIGS. 20F and 20G), analogous to the vertical bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed;
      • Horizontal bar 3964 (FIGS. 20F and 20G), analogous to the horizontal bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed;
  • In some embodiments, in response to a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture), the block is enlarged and centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3923 on block 3914-5, block 3914-5 may be enlarged and centered in the display, as shown in UI 3900C, FIG. 20C. In some embodiments, the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display with a predefined amount of padding along the sides of the display. In some embodiments, a zooming animation of the block is displayed during enlargement of the block. Similarly, in response to a single tap gesture 3925 on block 3914-2, block 3914-2 may be enlarged with a zooming animation and two-dimensionally scrolled to the center of the display (not shown).
  • In some embodiments, the device analyzes the render tree of the web page 3912 to determine the blocks 3914 in the web page. In some embodiments, a block 3914 corresponds to a render node that is: replaced; a block; an inline block; or an inline table.
  • In some embodiments, in response to the same predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) that is already enlarged and centered, the enlargement and/or centering is substantially or completely reversed. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3929 (FIG. 20C) on block 3914-5, the web page image may zoom out and return to UI 3900A, FIG. 20A.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a predefined gesture (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) by the user on a block 3914 that is already enlarged but not centered, the block is centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3927 (FIG. 20C) on block 3914-4, block 3914-4 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. Similarly, in response to a single tap gesture 3935 (FIG. 20C) on block 3914-6, block 3914-6 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. Thus, for a web page display that is already enlarged, in response to a predefined gesture, the device may display in an intuitive manner a series of blocks that the user wants to view. This same gesture may initiate different actions in different contexts (e.g., (1) zooming and/or enlarging in combination with scrolling when the web page is reduced in size, UI 3900A and (2) reversing the enlargement and/or centering if the block is already centered and enlarged).
  • In some embodiments, in response to a multi-touch 3931 and 3933 de-pinching gesture by the user (FIG. 20C), the web page may be enlarged. Conversely, in response to a multi-touch pinching gesture by the user, the web page may be reduced.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a substantially vertical upward (or downward) swipe gesture by the user, the web page (or, more generally, other electronic documents) may scroll one-dimensionally upward (or downward) in the vertical direction. For example, in response to an upward swipe gesture 3937 by the user that is within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll one-dimensionally upward in the vertical direction.
  • Conversely, in some embodiments, in response to a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally (i.e., with simultaneous movement in both the vertical and horizontal directions). For example, in response to an upward swipe gesture 3939 (FIG. 20C) by the user that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally along the direction of the swipe 3939.
  • In some embodiments, in response to a multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture by the user (FIG. 20C), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° (UI 3900D, FIG. 20D) for landscape viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°. Similarly, in response to a multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture by the user (UI 3900D, FIG. 20D), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° for portrait viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°.
  • Thus, in response to imprecise gestures by the user, precise movements of graphics occur. The device behaves in the manner desired by the user despite inaccurate input by the user. Also, note that the gestures described for UI 3900C, which has a portrait view, are also applicable to UIs with a landscape view (e.g., UI 3900D, FIG. 20D) so that the user can choose whichever view the user prefers for web browsing.
  • In some embodiments, a portable electronic device with a touch screen display (e.g., device 100) displays at least a portion of a structured electronic document on the touch screen display. The structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, FIG. 20A).
  • In some embodiments, the plurality of boxes are defined by a style sheet language. In some embodiments, the style sheet language is a cascading style sheet language. In some embodiments, the structured electronic document is a web page (e.g., web page 3912, FIG. 20A). In some embodiments, the structured electronic document is an HTML or XML document.
  • In some embodiments, displaying at least a portion of the structured electronic document comprises scaling the document width to fit within the touch screen display width independent of the document length.
  • In some embodiments, the touch screen display is rectangular with a short axis and a long axis; the display width corresponds to the short axis when the structured electronic document is seen in portrait view (e.g., FIG. 20C); and the display width corresponds to the long axis when the structured electronic document is seen in landscape view (e.g., FIG. 20D).
  • In some embodiments, prior to displaying at least a portion of a structured electronic document, borders, margins, and/or paddings are determined for the plurality of boxes and adjusted for display on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, all boxes in the plurality of boxes are adjusted. In some embodiments, just the first box is adjusted. In some embodiments, just the first box and boxes adjacent to the first box are adjusted.
  • A first gesture is detected at a location on the displayed portion of the structured electronic document (e.g., gesture 3923, FIG. 20A). In some embodiments, the first gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the first gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • In some embodiments, the first gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the first gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • A first box (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, FIG. 20A) in the plurality of boxes is determined at the location of the first gesture. In some embodiments, the structured electronic document has an associated render tree with a plurality of nodes and determining the first box at the location of the first gesture comprises: traversing down the render tree to determine a first node in the plurality of nodes that corresponds to the detected location of the first gesture; traversing up the render tree from the first node to a closest parent node that contains a logical grouping of content; and identifying content corresponding to the closest parent node as the first box. In some embodiments, the logical grouping of content comprises a paragraph, an image, a plugin object, or a table. In some embodiments, the closest parent node is a replaced inline, a block, an inline block, or an inline table.
  • The first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, FIG. 20C). In some embodiments, enlarging and substantially centering comprises simultaneously zooming and translating the first box on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, enlarging comprises expanding the first box so that the width of the first box is substantially the same as the width of the touch screen display.
  • In some embodiments, text in the enlarged first box is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the first box; and if a text size for text in the first box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the first box to at least the determined minimum text size. In some embodiments, the first box has a width; the display has a display width; and the scale factor is the display width divided by the width of the first box prior to enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs during the enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs after the enlarging.
  • In some embodiments, text in the structured electronic document is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and if a text size for text in the structured electronic document is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the structured electronic document to at least the determined minimum text size. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: identifying boxes containing text in the plurality of boxes; determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and for each identified box containing text, if a text size for text in the identified box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the identified box to at least the determined minimum text size and adjusting the size of the identified box.
  • In some embodiments, a second gesture (e.g., gesture 3929, FIG. 20C) is detected on the enlarged first box. In response to detecting the second gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is reduced in size. In some embodiments, the first box returns to its size prior to being enlarged.
  • In some embodiments, the second gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • In some embodiments, the second gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • In some embodiments, while the first box is enlarged, a third gesture (e.g., gesture 3927 or gesture 3935, FIG. 20C) is detected on a second box other than the first box. In response to detecting the third gesture, the second box is substantially centered on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the third gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • In some embodiments, the third gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
  • In some embodiments, a swipe gesture (e.g., gesture 3937 or gesture 3939, FIG. 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the swipe gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is translated on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the translating comprises vertical, horizontal, or diagonal movement of the structured electronic document on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the swipe gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the swipe gesture is a stylus gesture.
  • In some embodiments, a fifth gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3941/3943, FIG. 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the fifth gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a multifinger gesture. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a twisting multifinger gesture.
  • In some embodiments, a change in orientation of the device is detected. In response to detecting the change in orientation of the device, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°.
  • In some embodiments, a multi-finger de-pinch gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3931/3933, FIG. 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the multi-finger de-pinch gesture, a portion of the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is enlarged on the touch screen display in accordance with a position of the multi-finger de-pinch gesture and an amount of finger movement in the multi-finger de-pinch gesture.
  • A graphical user interface (e.g., UI 3900A, FIG. 20A) on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises at least a portion of a structured electronic document (e.g., web page 3912, FIG. 20A). The structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, FIG. 20A). In response to detecting a first gesture (e.g., gesture 3923, FIG. 20A) at a location on the portion of the structured electronic document, a first box (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, FIG. 20A) in the plurality of boxes at the location of the first gesture is determined and the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, FIG. 20C).
  • In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture on URL entry box 3908, the touch screen displays an enlarged entry box 3926 and a keyboard 616 (e.g., UI 3900B, FIG. 20B in portrait viewing and UI 3900E, FIG. 20E in landscape viewing). In some embodiments, the touch screen also displays:
      • Contextual clear icon 3928 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates deletion of all text in entry box 3926;
      • a search icon 3930 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an Internet search using the search terms input in box 3926; and
      • Go to URL icon 3932 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates acquisition of the web page with the URL input in box 3926;
  • Thus, the same entry box 3926 may be used for inputting both search terms and URLs. In some embodiments, whether or not clear icon 3928 is displayed depends on the context.
  • FIGS. 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player 152 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, icons for major content categories (e.g., playlists 4308, artists 4310, songs 4312, and video 4314) are displayed in a first area of the display (e.g., 4340, FIG. 21A). In some embodiments, the first area also includes an icon (e.g., more icon 4316) that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) leads to additional content categories (e.g., albums, audiobooks, compilations, composers, genres, and podcasts in FIG. 43J).
  • In some embodiments, the player 152 includes a now playing icon 4302 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) takes the user directly to a UI displaying information about the currently playing music (not shown).
  • In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device displays a series of content categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 4306 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Top 25 row 4318, the UI changes from a display of playlist categories (UI 4300A, FIG. 41A) to a display of the Top 25 sub-category (UI 4300B, FIG. 21B).
  • If just a portion of a category or sub-category is displayed, a vertical bar, analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the category/sub-category that helps a user understand what portion of the category/sub-category is being displayed (e.g., vertical bar 4320, FIG. 21B). In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list of items in the category/sub-category by applying a vertical or substantially vertical swipe gesture 4322 to the area displaying the list. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
  • In some embodiments, if the user scrolls to the top of the list and then continues to apply a scrolling gesture (e.g., 4324, FIG. 21C), background 4326-1 appears and the vertical bar 4320-1 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the top of the list has been reached. When the user's finger breaks contact with the touch screen display, the list may move back to the top of the display and the background 4326-1 shrinks to nothing. Similarly, if the user scrolls to the bottom of the list and then continues to apply a scrolling gesture (e.g., 4328, FIG. 21D), background 4326-2 appears and the vertical bar 4320-2 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the bottom of the list has been reached. When the user's finger breaks contact with the touch screen display, the list may move back to the bottom of the display and the background 4326-2 shrinks to nothing. This “rubber band-like” behavior at the terminus of lists may be applied to many other types of lists and documents that have vertical scrolling. Similar behavior may be applied to all of the edges of documents that can be translated in two dimensions (e.g., web pages, word processing documents, and photographs and other images). Additional description of this “rubber band-like” scrolling and translation behavior can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,801, “List Scrolling And Document Translation On A Touch-Screen Display,” filed Jan. 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In some embodiments, if the user activates artists icon 4310 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the artists category will be displayed (FIG. 21E). In some embodiments, such as when the artists list is arranged alphabetically, an index item/symbol (e.g., the letter A 4330-1) may remain adjacent to a respective information item subset (e.g., artists 4332 whose name begins with the letter A). When scrolling up through the list of information items (e.g., in response to an upward swipe on the touch sensitive display by the user), the index item/symbol may move to the upper edge of a window (e.g., window 4336, FIG. 21F). As the scrolling continues (e.g., in response to gesture 4334, FIG. 21F), the index item/symbol may remain there until the end of the respective information item subset is reached, at which time the index item/symbol may be replaced with a subsequent index item/symbol (e.g., the letter B 4330-2). An analogous scrolling effect is shown for the Movies 4330-3 and Music Videos 4330-4 index items in UI 4300H and UI 4300I (FIGS. 21H and 211). Additional description of such scrolling is described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/322,547, “Scrolling List With Floating Adjacent Index Symbols,” filed Dec. 23, 2005; No. 11/322,551, “Continuous Scrolling List With Acceleration,” filed Dec. 23, 2005; and No. 11/322,553, “List Scrolling In Response To Moving Contact Over List Of Index Symbols,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, if the user activates songs icon 4312 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the songs category will be displayed (FIG. 21G).
  • In some embodiments, if the user activates videos icon 4314 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the video category will be displayed (FIG. 21H).
  • FIGS. 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments. Additional description of calendars can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,820, “System And Method For Viewing And Managing Calendar Entries,” filed Jan. 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In some embodiments, vertical and horizontal bars help a user understand what portion of a list or document is being displayed.
  • FIG. 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2300 of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2302) a portion of a list of items on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
  • In some embodiments, the list of items is a list of contacts (e.g. FIG. 7A), a list of instant message conversations (e.g. FIG. 5), a list of instant messages (e.g. FIG. 6A), a list of photo albums (e.g. FIG. 11B), a list of audio content (e.g., FIG. 21B), a list of video content (e.g. FIG. 14C), a list of calendar entries (e.g. FIG. 22C), a list of recent calls (e.g. FIG. 15B), a list of mailboxes (e.g. FIG. 17), a list of emails (e.g. FIG. 19A), a list of settings (e.g., FIG. 19J), or a list of voicemail messages (e.g. FIG. 16C).
  • An object is detected (2304) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
  • In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, a vertical bar is displayed (2306) on top of the displayed portion of the list. See, for example, vertical bar 640 in FIG. 6G, and vertical bar 1314 in FIG. 11A. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is translucent or transparent. The vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the list along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
  • In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2308) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
  • In response to detecting the movement, the list of items displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2310) so that a new portion of the list is displayed and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list. In some embodiments, scrolling the list has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, scrolling the list is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased (2312) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, even though displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2314). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2316). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the list (2318).
  • A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • FIG. 23B is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2330 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2332) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document. In some embodiments, the electronic document is a web page (e.g., FIG. 20A). In some embodiments, the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., FIG. 19B), or presentation document.
  • An object is detected (2334) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
  • In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar is displayed (2336) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 1222 in FIG. 10A and vertical bar 3962 in FIG. 20F. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is translucent or transparent. The vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar (see, for example, vertical bar 1222 in FIG. 10, and vertical bar 3962 in FIG. 20H).
  • In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2338) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
  • In response to detecting the movement, the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2340) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, scrolling the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, scrolling the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased (2342). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2344). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2346). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2348) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
  • FIG. 23C is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2360 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2362) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. In some embodiments, the electronic document is a web page (e.g., FIG. 20A). In some embodiments, the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., FIG. 19B), or presentation document.
  • An object is detected (2364) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
  • In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed (2366) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 3962 and horizontal bar 3964 in FIG. 20H. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document and the horizontal bar is located on the bottom side of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent.
  • The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
  • The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a major axis, substantially perpendicular to the major axis of the vertical bar, and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the horizontal bar is not covered by the horizontal bar.
  • In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2368) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
  • In response to detecting the movement, the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is translated (2370) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed. In some embodiments, the electronic document is translated in a vertical direction, a horizontal direction, or a diagonal direction. In some embodiments, the electronic document is translated in accordance with the movement of the object. In some embodiments, translating the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, translating the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
  • In response to detecting the movement, the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
  • In response to detecting the movement, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar is moved to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
  • After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased (2372) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2374). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2376). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2378).
  • A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. The GUI also comprises a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document, and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
  • Vertical and horizontal bars may have, without limitation, a rectangular cross section, a rectangular cross section with rounded corners, or a racetrack oval cross section with two opposing flat sides and two opposing rounded sides.
  • In some embodiments, the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items. This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable.
  • In some embodiments, the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when only a portion of an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items. This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable and that only a portion of the electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
  • As described above, the vertical and/or horizontal bars provide portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use. In addition, the vertical and/or horizontal bars do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content.
  • The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Claims (30)

What is claimed is:
1. A method, comprising:
at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display:
displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document;
displaying a vertical bar adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein:
the vertical bar has a vertical position adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and
the vertical bar is not a scroll bar;
detecting a movement of an object in a direction on the displayed portion of the electronic document;
in response to detecting the movement:
scrolling the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display in the direction of movement of the object so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and
moving the vertical bar to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and
in response to a predetermined condition being met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
2. The method of claim 1, including:
when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed:
displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document, and
ceasing to display the vertical bar immediately following the predetermined time period.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the object is a finger.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
9. A portable multifunction device, comprising:
a touch screen display;
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document;
displaying a vertical bar adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein:
the vertical bar has a vertical position adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and
the vertical bar is not a scroll bar;
detecting a movement of an object in a direction on the displayed portion of the electronic document;
in response to detecting the movement:
scrolling the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display in the direction of movement of the object so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and
moving the vertical bar to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and
in response to a predetermined condition being met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
10. The device of claim 9, including instructions for:
when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed:
displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document, and
ceasing to display the vertical bar immediately following the predetermined time period.
11. The device of claim 9, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
12. The device of claim 9, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
13. The device of claim 9, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
14. The device of claim 9, wherein the object is a finger.
15. The device of claim 9, wherein the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent.
16. The device of claim 9, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
17. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to:
display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document;
display a vertical bar adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein:
the vertical bar has a vertical position adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and
the vertical bar is not a scroll bar;
detect a movement of an object in a direction on the displayed portion of the electronic document;
in response to detecting the movement:
scroll the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display in the direction of movement of the object so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and
move the vertical bar to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and
in response to a predetermined condition being met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
18. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, including instructions that cause the device to:
when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed:
display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document, and
cease to display the vertical bar immediately following the predetermined time period.
19. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
20. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
21. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
22. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the object is a finger.
23. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
24. The computer readable storage medium of claim 17, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
25. A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising:
a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and
a vertical bar displayed adjacent to the portion of the electronic document;
wherein:
the vertical bar has a vertical position adjacent to the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document;
the vertical bar is not a scroll bar;
in response to detecting a movement of an object in a direction on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document:
the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled in the direction of movement of the object so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and
the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and
in response to a predetermined condition being met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
26. The graphical user interface of claim 25, wherein:
when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed:
the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document, and
the vertical bar ceases to be displayed immediately following the predetermined time period.
27. The graphical user interface of claim 25, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
28. The graphical user interface of claim 25, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
29. The graphical user interface of claim 25, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
30. The graphical user interface of claim 25, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
US13/758,967 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents Abandoned US20130152013A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/758,967 US20130152013A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US87925307P 2007-01-07 2007-01-07
US87946907P 2007-01-08 2007-01-08
US93799307P 2007-06-29 2007-06-29
US94738607P 2007-06-29 2007-06-29
US11/969,819 US8130205B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-01-04 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/412,483 US8223134B1 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-03-05 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/548,111 US8368665B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-07-12 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/758,967 US20130152013A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/548,111 Continuation US8368665B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-07-12 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130152013A1 true US20130152013A1 (en) 2013-06-13

Family

ID=39595326

Family Applications (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/968,059 Active 2032-05-11 US8689132B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2007-12-31 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US11/969,819 Active 2030-07-24 US8130205B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-01-04 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/412,483 Active US8223134B1 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-03-05 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/548,111 Active US8368665B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-07-12 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/758,971 Active 2028-11-05 US10860198B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/758,967 Abandoned US20130152013A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents
US17/114,176 Active US11467722B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2020-12-07 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US17/962,353 Active US11972103B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2022-10-07 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US18/644,802 Pending US20240272787A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2024-04-24 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists

Family Applications Before (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/968,059 Active 2032-05-11 US8689132B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2007-12-31 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US11/969,819 Active 2030-07-24 US8130205B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-01-04 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/412,483 Active US8223134B1 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-03-05 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/548,111 Active US8368665B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-07-12 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US13/758,971 Active 2028-11-05 US10860198B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-02-04 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/114,176 Active US11467722B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2020-12-07 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US17/962,353 Active US11972103B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2022-10-07 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US18/644,802 Pending US20240272787A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2024-04-24 Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (9) US8689132B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2106652B1 (en)
CN (2) CN103914261B (en)
WO (1) WO2008086319A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090113339A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Casio Computer Co., Ltd. Electronic calculator displayable with repeating decimal
US20100002016A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2010-01-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of controlling touch panel display device and touch panel display device using the same
US20110080364A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2011-04-07 Bas Ording Method, System, and Graphical User Interface for Positioning an Insertion Marker in a Touch Screen Display
US20120210214A1 (en) * 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Linkedln Corporation Methods and systems for navigating a list with gestures
US20130117664A1 (en) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-09 Tzu-Pang Chiang Screen display method applicable on a touch screen
US20140276057A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of providing copy image and ultrasound apparatus therefor
US20150035998A1 (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-05 Apple Inc. Automatic configuration of the logical orientation of multiple monitors based on captured images
US9632695B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker
US9846533B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2017-12-19 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
CN109375973A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-02-22 北京城市网邻信息技术有限公司 Page display method, device, computer equipment and computer readable storage medium
US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-26 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US10860198B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2020-12-08 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US11029838B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2021-06-08 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons
US11096668B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2021-08-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and ultrasound apparatus for displaying an object

Families Citing this family (322)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7760187B2 (en) * 2004-07-30 2010-07-20 Apple Inc. Visual expander
US6415877B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2002-07-09 Deep Vision Llc Subsea wellbore drilling system for reducing bottom hole pressure
US9003295B2 (en) * 2003-03-17 2015-04-07 Leo Martin Baschy User interface driven access control system and method
US9176934B2 (en) * 2005-05-06 2015-11-03 Leo Baschy User interface for nonuniform access control system and methods
US9129088B1 (en) 2005-06-04 2015-09-08 Leo Martin Baschy User interface driven access control system and methods for multiple users as one audience
US8225231B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2012-07-17 Microsoft Corporation Aggregation of PC settings
US8848892B2 (en) * 2008-03-15 2014-09-30 Nitesh Ratnakar Contact list with conversation point reminder
US9202068B2 (en) * 2006-03-29 2015-12-01 Leo M. Baschy User interface for variable access control system
US8106856B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2012-01-31 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device for photo management
US7925306B2 (en) * 2007-01-12 2011-04-12 Research In Motion Limited System and method for providing a preview of message content on a mobile device
KR100815523B1 (en) * 2007-02-08 2008-03-20 삼성전자주식회사 Method for playing and displaying music in terminal and apparatus using the same
US8711102B2 (en) * 2007-06-15 2014-04-29 Microsoft Corporation Graphical communication user interface with graphical position user input mechanism for selecting a display image
US8803881B2 (en) * 2007-09-26 2014-08-12 Autodesk, Inc. Navigation system for a 3D virtual scene
US8650507B2 (en) * 2008-03-04 2014-02-11 Apple Inc. Selecting of text using gestures
US8205157B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2012-06-19 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for conducting searches on a portable multifunction device
US8201109B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2012-06-12 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device
EP2104024B1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2018-05-02 LG Electronics Inc. Portable terminal capable of sensing proximity touch and method for controlling screen using the same
CN101551726A (en) * 2008-04-03 2009-10-07 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 Touch control system and method of electronic device
US8174503B2 (en) 2008-05-17 2012-05-08 David H. Cain Touch-based authentication of a mobile device through user generated pattern creation
CN101605164A (en) * 2008-06-13 2009-12-16 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 The information correlation system of hand-held device and method
US9030418B2 (en) * 2008-06-24 2015-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal capable of sensing proximity touch
JP4896932B2 (en) * 2008-06-26 2012-03-14 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US8612881B2 (en) * 2008-08-13 2013-12-17 Microsoft Corporation Web page content discovery
KR101565378B1 (en) * 2008-09-03 2015-11-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
KR101515390B1 (en) 2008-09-12 2015-04-28 삼성전자주식회사 Display device and image display method thereof
US20100077361A1 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-03-25 Andrew Watkins Method of displaying multiple points of interest on a personal navigation device
KR20100038688A (en) 2008-10-06 2010-04-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and user interface of mobile terminal
US20100085313A1 (en) * 2008-10-07 2010-04-08 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of secondary character rendering and entry
EP2175355A1 (en) * 2008-10-07 2010-04-14 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of secondary character rendering and entry
KR101608668B1 (en) * 2008-10-20 2016-04-04 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for inputting of receiver information of character message
US20100099448A1 (en) * 2008-10-20 2010-04-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for inputting receiver information of text message
US8411046B2 (en) 2008-10-23 2013-04-02 Microsoft Corporation Column organization of content
US8086275B2 (en) 2008-10-23 2011-12-27 Microsoft Corporation Alternative inputs of a mobile communications device
KR101544475B1 (en) * 2008-11-28 2015-08-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Controlling of Input/Output through touch
JP5134517B2 (en) * 2008-12-08 2013-01-30 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing apparatus and method
US8719701B2 (en) 2009-01-02 2014-05-06 Apple Inc. Identification of guides and gutters of a document
KR20100081577A (en) * 2009-01-06 2010-07-15 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for controlling navigation of object in a portable terminal
DE102009005599A1 (en) * 2009-01-21 2010-08-05 Deutsche Telekom Ag Method and device for transferring files
DE102009008041A1 (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-12 Volkswagen Ag Method for operating a motor vehicle with a touchscreen
US8589374B2 (en) * 2009-03-16 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Multifunction device with integrated search and application selection
US8175653B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2012-05-08 Microsoft Corporation Chromeless user interface
US8238876B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2012-08-07 Microsoft Corporation Notifications
KR101553842B1 (en) * 2009-04-21 2015-09-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal providing multi haptic effect and control method thereof
US8669945B2 (en) * 2009-05-07 2014-03-11 Microsoft Corporation Changing of list views on mobile device
US8836648B2 (en) 2009-05-27 2014-09-16 Microsoft Corporation Touch pull-in gesture
US20120036473A1 (en) * 2009-05-27 2012-02-09 Todd Haseyama Method and system to control the display of information
KR101567785B1 (en) * 2009-05-28 2015-11-11 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for controlling zoom function of a portable terminal
US9148618B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2015-09-29 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for previewing newly captured image content and reviewing previously stored image content
US10613704B2 (en) * 2009-06-03 2020-04-07 Savant Systems, Llc Small screen virtual room-based user interface
US9009612B2 (en) * 2009-06-07 2015-04-14 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for accessibility using a touch-sensitive surface
US8432252B2 (en) * 2009-06-19 2013-04-30 Authentec, Inc. Finger sensor having remote web based notifications
US8455961B2 (en) * 2009-06-19 2013-06-04 Authentec, Inc. Illuminated finger sensor assembly for providing visual light indications including IC finger sensor grid array package
TWI386656B (en) * 2009-07-02 2013-02-21 Novatek Microelectronics Corp Capacitance measurement circuit and method
US20110043538A1 (en) * 2009-08-18 2011-02-24 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Method and Arrangement for Zooming on a Display
JP5127792B2 (en) 2009-08-18 2013-01-23 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, program, and recording medium
US8667424B2 (en) * 2009-08-26 2014-03-04 Mitac International Corp. Method of spreading out and displaying closely located points of interest on a personal navigation device
US9317116B2 (en) * 2009-09-09 2016-04-19 Immersion Corporation Systems and methods for haptically-enhanced text interfaces
KR20110037298A (en) * 2009-10-06 2011-04-13 삼성전자주식회사 Edit method of list and portable device using the same
US20110099507A1 (en) * 2009-10-28 2011-04-28 Google Inc. Displaying a collection of interactive elements that trigger actions directed to an item
US20110106439A1 (en) * 2009-11-04 2011-05-05 In-Tai Huang Method of displaying multiple points of interest on a personal navigation device
KR101595263B1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2016-02-18 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for managing an album
EP2333651B1 (en) * 2009-12-11 2016-07-20 Dassault Systèmes Method and system for duplicating an object using a touch-sensitive display
EP2517486A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2012-10-31 Nokia Corp. An apparatus
US20110161892A1 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-06-30 Motorola-Mobility, Inc. Display Interface and Method for Presenting Visual Feedback of a User Interaction
US8698762B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2014-04-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and displaying content in context
US8621380B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-12-31 Apple Inc. Apparatus and method for conditionally enabling or disabling soft buttons
JP2011145386A (en) * 2010-01-13 2011-07-28 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Display control device, display device, and program
US20110184738A1 (en) * 2010-01-25 2011-07-28 Kalisky Dror Navigation and orientation tools for speech synthesis
US8473860B2 (en) * 2010-02-12 2013-06-25 Microsoft Corporation Multi-layer user interface with flexible parallel and orthogonal movement
US20110199318A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Microsoft Corporation Multi-layer user interface with flexible parallel movement
US9417787B2 (en) * 2010-02-12 2016-08-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Distortion effects to indicate location in a movable data collection
US20110202829A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Research In Motion Limited Method, device and system for controlling a display according to a defined sizing parameter
US9081499B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2015-07-14 Sony Corporation Mobile terminal device and input device
US20110225545A1 (en) * 2010-03-09 2011-09-15 Horodezky Samuel J System and method of displaying graphical user interface objects
US8448084B2 (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-05-21 Twitter, Inc. User interface mechanics
KR101704531B1 (en) * 2010-04-22 2017-02-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for displaying text information in mobile terminal
US20110302516A1 (en) * 2010-06-02 2011-12-08 Oracle International Corporation Mobile design patterns
US9542091B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2017-01-10 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through a user interface using a dynamic object selection indicator
US8972903B2 (en) * 2010-07-08 2015-03-03 Apple Inc. Using gesture to navigate hierarchically ordered user interface screens
KR101783960B1 (en) * 2010-08-19 2017-10-11 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for searching contents
KR101780440B1 (en) * 2010-08-30 2017-09-22 삼성전자 주식회사 Output Controling Method Of List Data based on a Multi Touch And Portable Device supported the same
US20120050063A1 (en) * 2010-08-30 2012-03-01 Bahorich Benjamin L System for gathering and recording production data and allocation thereof to a remote database
US20120054683A1 (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-03-01 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus, computer program and user interface
KR101731843B1 (en) 2010-09-02 2017-05-02 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and Apparatus for displaying items
CA2714710C (en) * 2010-09-03 2016-05-10 Research In Motion Limited System and method for incorporating short message service (sms) and multimedia messaging service (mms) contacts into an instant messaging interface
US8918219B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2014-12-23 Google Inc. User friendly interface for control unit
US9489062B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2016-11-08 Google Inc. User interfaces for remote management and control of network-connected thermostats
US9104211B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2015-08-11 Google Inc. Temperature controller with model-based time to target calculation and display
JP5478438B2 (en) * 2010-09-14 2014-04-23 任天堂株式会社 Display control program, display control system, display control apparatus, and display control method
US8727611B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2014-05-20 Nest Labs, Inc. System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats
US8732609B1 (en) 2010-10-18 2014-05-20 Intuit Inc. Method and system for providing a visual scrollbar position indicator
US8587547B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8754860B2 (en) * 2010-11-05 2014-06-17 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
KR101522345B1 (en) 2010-11-12 2015-05-21 주식회사 케이티 Method for displaying background pictures in mobile communication apparatus and apparatus the same
US20120124091A1 (en) * 2010-11-12 2012-05-17 Microsoft Corporation Application file system access
TWI417782B (en) * 2010-11-16 2013-12-01 Altek Corp An electronic apparatus having a touch-controlled interface and method of displaying figures related to files within certain time period
CN102467734B (en) * 2010-11-17 2015-07-29 三竹资讯股份有限公司 The device and method of financial tape reading software details combination
CN102467333B (en) * 2010-11-17 2015-04-01 三竹资讯股份有限公司 Device and method for quoted price view layout configuration and information combination in financial tape reading software
CN102467334A (en) * 2010-11-17 2012-05-23 三竹资讯股份有限公司 Order placement and candidate grade view integration device and method for financial order placement software of mobile device
US9092039B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2015-07-28 Google Inc. HVAC controller with user-friendly installation features with wire insertion detection
US10346275B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2019-07-09 Google Llc Attributing causation for energy usage and setpoint changes with a network-connected thermostat
US9552002B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-01-24 Google Inc. Graphical user interface for setpoint creation and modification
US9075419B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2015-07-07 Google Inc. Systems and methods for a graphical user interface of a controller for an energy-consuming system having spatially related discrete display elements
US9459018B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2016-10-04 Google Inc. Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system
US9256230B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2016-02-09 Google Inc. HVAC schedule establishment in an intelligent, network-connected thermostat
US8195313B1 (en) 2010-11-19 2012-06-05 Nest Labs, Inc. Thermostat user interface
US9453655B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2016-09-27 Google Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for reporting performance information for an HVAC system controlled by a self-programming network-connected thermostat
US11334034B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2022-05-17 Google Llc Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat
US8850348B2 (en) 2010-12-31 2014-09-30 Google Inc. Dynamic device-associated feedback indicative of responsible device usage
US20120159395A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-21 Microsoft Corporation Application-launching interface for multiple modes
US20120159383A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-21 Microsoft Corporation Customization of an immersive environment
US8612874B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2013-12-17 Microsoft Corporation Presenting an application change through a tile
US8689123B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2014-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Application reporting in an application-selectable user interface
KR101799270B1 (en) * 2010-12-29 2017-11-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and Method for recognizing touch thereof
US9423951B2 (en) * 2010-12-31 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Content-based snap point
US8863040B2 (en) * 2011-01-04 2014-10-14 Google Inc. Gesture-based selection
WO2012095676A2 (en) * 2011-01-13 2012-07-19 Metaswitch Networks Ltd Controlling a computing device
GB2487606A (en) 2011-01-13 2012-08-01 Metaswitch Networks Ltd Providing an overlay portion on a touch screen interface
US8713471B1 (en) * 2011-01-14 2014-04-29 Intuit Inc. Method and system for providing an intelligent visual scrollbar position indicator
US9250798B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-02-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US9436381B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-09-06 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document
US20120210200A1 (en) * 2011-02-10 2012-08-16 Kelly Berger System, method, and touch screen graphical user interface for managing photos and creating photo books
EP2487579A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for providing graphic user interface in mobile terminal
TWI441052B (en) * 2011-02-24 2014-06-11 Avermedia Tech Inc Gesture manipulation method and mutlimedia display apparatus
US8904305B2 (en) * 2011-03-11 2014-12-02 Google Inc. Automatically hiding controls
WO2012125596A2 (en) 2011-03-12 2012-09-20 Parshionikar Uday Multipurpose controller for electronic devices, facial expressions management and drowsiness detection
US9383917B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-07-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Predictive tiling
CN102737062B (en) * 2011-04-15 2016-08-17 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 A kind of good friend's Notification Method and device
US8863039B2 (en) 2011-04-18 2014-10-14 Microsoft Corporation Multi-dimensional boundary effects
US20120272145A1 (en) * 2011-04-22 2012-10-25 Panasonic Automotive Systems Company Of America, Division Of Panasonic Corporation Of North America Method for using radio presets as application shortcuts
US20120278754A1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Google Inc. Elastic Over-Scroll
KR20120124206A (en) * 2011-05-03 2012-11-13 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for inputting texts in potable terminal
US9069459B2 (en) * 2011-05-03 2015-06-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-threaded conditional processing of user interactions for gesture processing using rendering thread or gesture processing thread based on threshold latency
KR101199618B1 (en) 2011-05-11 2012-11-08 주식회사 케이티테크 Apparatus and Method for Screen Split Displaying
US9078070B2 (en) 2011-05-24 2015-07-07 Analog Devices, Inc. Hearing instrument controller
US9104307B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US8819586B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-08-26 Microsoft Corporation File access with different file hosts
US9658766B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2017-05-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Edge gesture
US9158445B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-10-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing an immersive interface in a multi-application immersive environment
US8893033B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-11-18 Microsoft Corporation Application notifications
US20120304132A1 (en) 2011-05-27 2012-11-29 Chaitanya Dev Sareen Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application
US9104440B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9032338B2 (en) * 2011-05-30 2015-05-12 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for navigating and editing text
US9552376B2 (en) 2011-06-09 2017-01-24 MemoryWeb, LLC Method and apparatus for managing digital files
KR101794000B1 (en) * 2011-06-13 2017-11-06 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for scrolling in portable terminal
US9454299B2 (en) * 2011-07-21 2016-09-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Methods, apparatus, computer-readable storage mediums and computer programs for selecting functions in a graphical user interface
US8687023B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2014-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Cross-slide gesture to select and rearrange
KR101831403B1 (en) * 2011-08-03 2018-02-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile Terminal And Method Of Controlling The Same
US8971572B1 (en) 2011-08-12 2015-03-03 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Hand pointing estimation for human computer interaction
CN102956247B (en) * 2011-08-19 2016-08-17 富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司 Audio playing apparatus and audio regulation method
US20130055167A1 (en) * 2011-08-31 2013-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Animation for Expanding/Collapsing Content and for Sorting Content in an Electronic Document
US20130057587A1 (en) 2011-09-01 2013-03-07 Microsoft Corporation Arranging tiles
US10353566B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2019-07-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Semantic zoom animations
US9557909B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2017-01-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Semantic zoom linguistic helpers
US8922575B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2014-12-30 Microsoft Corporation Tile cache
US9244802B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2016-01-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resource user interface
US8933952B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Pre-rendering new content for an application-selectable user interface
US9146670B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-09-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Progressively indicating new content in an application-selectable user interface
KR101821818B1 (en) * 2011-09-22 2018-01-24 엘지전자 주식회사 A control method of electric device
US8300777B1 (en) 2011-09-25 2012-10-30 Google Inc. Divided call history user interface
US9222693B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2015-12-29 Google Inc. Touchscreen device user interface for remote control of a thermostat
US8893032B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2014-11-18 Google Inc. User interfaces for HVAC schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device
WO2013059671A1 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-04-25 Nest Labs, Inc. Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat
JP2014534405A (en) 2011-10-21 2014-12-18 ネスト・ラブズ・インコーポレイテッド User-friendly, networked learning thermostat and related systems and methods
US9223472B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-12-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Closing applications
US20130191778A1 (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-07-25 Sap Ag Semantic Zooming in Regions of a User Interface
CN108031501B (en) * 2012-02-13 2021-04-23 恩姆菲舍尔科技公司 Electronic pipette
CN103246465B (en) * 2012-02-13 2018-02-27 联想(北京)有限公司 Display methods and communication equipment
US9128605B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2015-09-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Thumbnail-image selection of applications
EP2631747B1 (en) 2012-02-24 2016-03-30 BlackBerry Limited Method and apparatus for providing a user interface on a device that indicates content operators
US8539375B1 (en) 2012-02-24 2013-09-17 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for providing a user interface on a device enabling selection of operations to be performed in relation to content
TWI456486B (en) 2012-03-06 2014-10-11 Acer Inc Electronic apparatus and method for controlling the same
EP2831687B1 (en) 2012-03-29 2020-01-01 Google LLC Processing and reporting usage information for an hvac system controlled by a network-connected thermostat
US8881269B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2014-11-04 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for integrating recognition of handwriting gestures with a screen reader
CN104220975B (en) * 2012-05-10 2017-12-01 英特尔公司 Method and apparatus for responding gesture-capture image
US9891709B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2018-02-13 Immersion Corporation Systems and methods for content- and context specific haptic effects using predefined haptic effects
US10489723B2 (en) * 2012-05-21 2019-11-26 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for providing for communications using distribution lists
US9055404B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2015-06-09 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for detecting proximate devices
US20130318437A1 (en) * 2012-05-22 2013-11-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for providing ui and portable apparatus applying the same
US9201562B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2015-12-01 International Business Machines Corporation Value specification in a responsive interface control
US10346028B2 (en) * 2012-06-05 2019-07-09 Sony Corporation Controlling layout of a display
US9164972B2 (en) 2012-06-07 2015-10-20 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing objects in panorama display to navigate spreadsheet
US9805118B2 (en) * 2012-06-29 2017-10-31 Change Healthcare Llc Transcription method, apparatus and computer program product
KR102101818B1 (en) * 2012-07-30 2020-04-17 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for controlling data transfer in terminal
US20140040776A1 (en) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Jonathan P. Dann Systems and methods for bi-directional display of content of a social networking system
JP5786828B2 (en) * 2012-08-29 2015-09-30 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Display device, display device control method, and display device control program
KR101371958B1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-07 주식회사 팬택 Apparatus for displaying callback information and method for operating of thereof
JP6027373B2 (en) * 2012-09-11 2016-11-16 任天堂株式会社 Information processing program, display control apparatus, display control system, and display method
JP6004855B2 (en) 2012-09-14 2016-10-12 キヤノン株式会社 Display control apparatus and control method thereof
US20140101553A1 (en) * 2012-10-10 2014-04-10 Jens Nagel Media insertion interface
USD708635S1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2014-07-08 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with icon
US9229632B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2016-01-05 Facebook, Inc. Animation sequence associated with image
US9286285B1 (en) 2012-10-30 2016-03-15 Google Inc. Formula editor
US9513770B1 (en) * 2012-11-02 2016-12-06 Microstrategy Incorporated Item selection
US9081410B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2015-07-14 Facebook, Inc. Loading content on electronic device
US9696898B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-07-04 Facebook, Inc. Scrolling through a series of content items
US9507757B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2016-11-29 Facebook, Inc. Generating multiple versions of a content item for multiple platforms
US9606695B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-03-28 Facebook, Inc. Event notification
US9547416B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-01-17 Facebook, Inc. Image presentation
US9245312B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2016-01-26 Facebook, Inc. Image panning and zooming effect
US9235321B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2016-01-12 Facebook, Inc. Animation sequence associated with content item
US9547627B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-01-17 Facebook, Inc. Comment presentation
US9684935B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-06-20 Facebook, Inc. Content composer for third-party applications
US9606717B2 (en) * 2012-11-14 2017-03-28 Facebook, Inc. Content composer
US9218188B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2015-12-22 Facebook, Inc. Animation sequence associated with feedback user-interface element
US9507483B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2016-11-29 Facebook, Inc. Photographs with location or time information
US9607289B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-03-28 Facebook, Inc. Content type filter
US9729695B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2017-08-08 Dropbox Inc. Messaging client application interface
US9755995B2 (en) * 2012-11-20 2017-09-05 Dropbox, Inc. System and method for applying gesture input to digital content
EP2741194A1 (en) * 2012-12-04 2014-06-11 BlackBerry Limited Scroll jump interface for touchscreen input/output device
EP2743817A1 (en) * 2012-12-12 2014-06-18 British Telecommunications public limited company Touch screen device for handling lists
US10372808B1 (en) 2012-12-12 2019-08-06 Google Llc Passing functional spreadsheet data by reference
JP2014139776A (en) * 2012-12-19 2014-07-31 Canon Inc Display controller, display control method, and program
CN103914219B (en) * 2013-01-04 2017-07-11 深圳市金蝶天燕中间件股份有限公司 page control method and system
KR20140091302A (en) * 2013-01-11 2014-07-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for displaying scrolling information in electronic device
KR102036057B1 (en) * 2013-01-17 2019-10-24 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for establishing snooze interval in portable terminal
CN104007865B (en) * 2013-02-27 2017-04-19 联想(北京)有限公司 Recognition method and electronic device
US9450952B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2016-09-20 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Live tiles without application-code execution
US9063576B1 (en) * 2013-04-04 2015-06-23 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Managing gesture input information
KR101875832B1 (en) * 2013-06-09 2018-08-02 애플 인크. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving user interface objects
USD741875S1 (en) * 2013-06-10 2015-10-27 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
JP2015007949A (en) * 2013-06-26 2015-01-15 ソニー株式会社 Display device, display controlling method, and computer program
CN104284009B (en) * 2013-07-10 2017-12-08 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 Missed call icon method for cleaning and device
KR20150007889A (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-01-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method for operating application and electronic device thereof
US9311289B1 (en) 2013-08-16 2016-04-12 Google Inc. Spreadsheet document tab conditional formatting
US10503388B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2019-12-10 Apple Inc. Crown input for a wearable electronic device
US11068128B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2021-07-20 Apple Inc. User interface object manipulations in a user interface
US10545657B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2020-01-28 Apple Inc. User interface for manipulating user interface objects
EP3340025B1 (en) 2013-09-03 2019-06-12 Apple Inc. User interface for manipulating user interface objects with magnetic properties
USD741362S1 (en) * 2013-09-10 2015-10-20 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US20150082238A1 (en) * 2013-09-18 2015-03-19 Jianzhong Meng System and method to display and interact with a curve items list
USD766253S1 (en) 2013-09-25 2016-09-13 Google Inc. Display panel or portion thereof with a graphical user interface component
KR102152709B1 (en) * 2013-10-11 2020-09-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and controlling method thereof
US10055103B1 (en) * 2013-10-21 2018-08-21 Google Llc Text entry based on persisting actions
KR20150046997A (en) * 2013-10-23 2015-05-04 현대자동차주식회사 Apparatus and Method for Recognize of Touch of User Terminal
KR101544009B1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2015-08-12 (주)투비소프트 Grid display control device of mobile and method for control display of grid using the same
US8869062B1 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-10-21 Freedom Scientific, Inc. Gesture-based screen-magnified touchscreen navigation
USD760754S1 (en) 2013-12-18 2016-07-05 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US10243808B2 (en) 2014-02-24 2019-03-26 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. User interface for modifying rows associated with virtual machines
USD765092S1 (en) 2014-03-03 2016-08-30 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
KR20150109693A (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-10-02 엘지전자 주식회사 The Apparatus and Method for Digital Device comprising Side touch region
JP2015194848A (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-11-05 ブラザー工業株式会社 Display program and display device
WO2015149347A1 (en) 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Expandable application representation
KR20160143784A (en) 2014-04-10 2016-12-14 마이크로소프트 테크놀로지 라이센싱, 엘엘씨 Slider cover for computing device
CN105378582B (en) 2014-04-10 2019-07-23 微软技术许可有限责任公司 Calculate the foldable cap of equipment
US9881089B2 (en) * 2014-04-28 2018-01-30 Verizon New Jersey Inc. Pop-up search box
US9959265B1 (en) 2014-05-08 2018-05-01 Google Llc Populating values in a spreadsheet using semantic cues
KR102255087B1 (en) * 2014-05-19 2021-05-24 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device and method for displaying object
RU2608880C2 (en) * 2014-05-22 2017-01-25 Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Яндекс" Electronic device and method of electronic message processing
US20150350146A1 (en) 2014-05-29 2015-12-03 Apple Inc. Coordination of message alert presentations across devices based on device modes
US10204096B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-02-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for a predictive keyboard
US9898162B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-02-20 Apple Inc. Swiping functions for messaging applications
US9971500B2 (en) 2014-06-01 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Displaying options, assigning notification, ignoring messages, and simultaneous user interface displays in a messaging application
USD754712S1 (en) * 2014-06-04 2016-04-26 Salesforce.Com, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD754184S1 (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-04-19 Google Inc. Portion of a display panel with an animated computer icon
CN118192869A (en) 2014-06-27 2024-06-14 苹果公司 Reduced size user interface
CN104123076B (en) * 2014-07-17 2017-12-12 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 The display device and method of a kind of word
US10678412B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2020-06-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Dynamic joint dividers for application windows
US10254942B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2019-04-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Adaptive sizing and positioning of application windows
US10592080B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2020-03-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Assisted presentation of application windows
US9787812B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2017-10-10 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Privacy management
WO2016036416A1 (en) 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 Apple Inc. Button functionality
US10073590B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Reduced size user interface
WO2016036436A1 (en) 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 Apple Inc. Stopwatch and timer user interfaces
KR101901796B1 (en) 2014-09-02 2018-09-28 애플 인크. Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts
WO2016036546A2 (en) * 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 Apple Inc. Reduced-size notification interface
TWI676127B (en) 2014-09-02 2019-11-01 美商蘋果公司 Method, system, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium regarding electronic mail user interface
WO2016036510A1 (en) 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 Apple Inc. Music user interface
US10671275B2 (en) * 2014-09-04 2020-06-02 Apple Inc. User interfaces for improving single-handed operation of devices
US10642365B2 (en) 2014-09-09 2020-05-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Parametric inertia and APIs
KR102226817B1 (en) * 2014-10-01 2021-03-11 삼성전자주식회사 Method for reproducing contents and an electronic device thereof
US9674335B2 (en) 2014-10-30 2017-06-06 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-configuration input device
US10365807B2 (en) * 2015-03-02 2019-07-30 Apple Inc. Control of system zoom magnification using a rotatable input mechanism
KR102423184B1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2022-07-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method for Outputting Screen and Electronic Device supporting the same
US10275436B2 (en) * 2015-06-01 2019-04-30 Apple Inc. Zoom enhancements to facilitate the use of touch screen devices
US10739971B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2020-08-11 Apple Inc. Accessing and displaying information corresponding to past times and future times
JP6518141B2 (en) * 2015-06-16 2019-05-22 株式会社ディスコ Touch panel device
WO2017035538A1 (en) 2015-08-27 2017-03-02 Jumpin Labs Inc. Method, system and apparatus for organizing and interacting with email on user devices
US11962561B2 (en) 2015-08-27 2024-04-16 Deborah A. Lambert As Trustee Of The Deborah A. Lambert Irrevocable Trust For Mark Lambert Immersive message management
US20170090718A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 International Business Machines Corporation Linking selected messages in electronic message threads
US9702582B2 (en) 2015-10-12 2017-07-11 Ikorongo Technology, LLC Connected thermostat for controlling a climate system based on a desired usage profile in comparison to other connected thermostats controlling other climate systems
CN105573598B (en) * 2015-12-10 2018-12-11 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 A kind of playlist method of adjustment and mobile terminal
US10423699B1 (en) * 2015-12-21 2019-09-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Displaying the position of a message within a conversation
CN105786358A (en) * 2016-02-26 2016-07-20 华为技术有限公司 Terminal display interface dragging method and device
KR20240023200A (en) 2016-05-18 2024-02-20 애플 인크. Applying acknowledgement of options in a graphical messaging user interface
US10592098B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for messaging
US10620812B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-04-14 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing electronic communications
US10368208B2 (en) 2016-06-12 2019-07-30 Apple Inc. Layers in messaging applications
AU2017100670C4 (en) 2016-06-12 2019-11-21 Apple Inc. User interfaces for retrieving contextually relevant media content
DK201670580A1 (en) 2016-06-12 2018-01-02 Apple Inc Wrist-based tactile time feedback for non-sighted users
DK201670608A1 (en) 2016-06-12 2018-01-02 Apple Inc User interfaces for retrieving contextually relevant media content
US20170357644A1 (en) 2016-06-12 2017-12-14 Apple Inc. Notable moments in a collection of digital assets
USD910648S1 (en) 2016-06-13 2021-02-16 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US10303352B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2019-05-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Navigating long distances on navigable surfaces
US9967390B2 (en) 2016-08-30 2018-05-08 Google Llc Device-orientation controlled settings
CA174365S (en) 2016-10-27 2017-11-28 Apple Inc Display screen with graphical user interface
US10283082B1 (en) * 2016-10-29 2019-05-07 Dvir Gassner Differential opacity position indicator
CN106775399B (en) * 2016-12-12 2018-01-12 掌阅科技股份有限公司 electronic book data processing method, device and mobile terminal
US10997356B1 (en) 2017-05-16 2021-05-04 Juniper Networks, Inc. Computing device user interface having auto-grouping of data columns
CN107295170A (en) * 2017-06-20 2017-10-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 The display methods and electronic equipment of a kind of touch-control bar
US10365719B2 (en) * 2017-07-26 2019-07-30 Google Llc Haptic feedback of user interface scrolling with synchronized visual animation components
CN108563619A (en) * 2018-03-30 2018-09-21 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of inventory formula note record information approach, device and readable storage medium storing program for executing
US11243996B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2022-02-08 Apple Inc. Digital asset search user interface
DK180171B1 (en) 2018-05-07 2020-07-14 Apple Inc USER INTERFACES FOR SHARING CONTEXTUALLY RELEVANT MEDIA CONTENT
US11086935B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-08-10 Apple Inc. Smart updates from historical database changes
US10712824B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2020-07-14 Apple Inc. Content-based tactile outputs
US11435830B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2022-09-06 Apple Inc. Content-based tactile outputs
US10846343B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2020-11-24 Apple Inc. Techniques for disambiguating clustered location identifiers
US10803135B2 (en) 2018-09-11 2020-10-13 Apple Inc. Techniques for disambiguating clustered occurrence identifiers
US10936178B2 (en) 2019-01-07 2021-03-02 MemoryWeb, LLC Systems and methods for analyzing and organizing digital photos and videos
DK201970535A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-12-21 Apple Inc Media browsing user interface with intelligently selected representative media items
US11379113B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-07-05 Apple Inc. Techniques for selecting text
US10996761B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2021-05-04 Apple Inc. User interfaces for non-visual output of time
US11152100B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2021-10-19 Apple Inc. Health application user interfaces
US11477609B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. User interfaces for location-related communications
US11481094B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-10-25 Apple Inc. User interfaces for location-related communications
EP4084453B1 (en) * 2019-12-26 2024-02-07 FUJIFILM Corporation Information communication apparatus and program for controlling information communication apparatus
US11416136B2 (en) 2020-09-14 2022-08-16 Apple Inc. User interfaces for assigning and responding to user inputs
CN112306616B (en) * 2020-11-23 2023-09-29 北京百家科技集团有限公司 Loading display processing method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
US11869650B2 (en) 2021-01-12 2024-01-09 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Remote access for medical device therapy
US11216148B1 (en) * 2021-07-08 2022-01-04 Microstrategy Incorporated Systems and methods for responsive container visualizations
JP7322110B2 (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-08-07 キヤノン株式会社 SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5959628A (en) * 1994-06-28 1999-09-28 Libera, Inc. Method for providing maximum screen real estate in computer controlled display systems
US20010011995A1 (en) * 1998-09-14 2001-08-09 Kenneth Hinckley Method for providing feedback responsive to sensing a physical presence proximate to a control of an electronic device
US20020051018A1 (en) * 2000-10-26 2002-05-02 Nan-Ting Yeh Apparatus and method for browser interface operation
US6570594B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2003-05-27 Sun Microsystems, Inc. User interface with non-intrusive display element
US20030160816A1 (en) * 2002-02-26 2003-08-28 Zoller David Ethan Methods and apparatuses for identifying remote and local services
US20040021676A1 (en) * 2002-08-01 2004-02-05 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus of view window scrolling
US20040255244A1 (en) * 2003-04-07 2004-12-16 Aaron Filner Single column layout for content pages
US8095879B2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2012-01-10 Neonode Inc. User interface for mobile handheld computer unit

Family Cites Families (388)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62251922A (en) 1986-04-25 1987-11-02 Yokogawa Medical Syst Ltd Set value operating device
US4862498A (en) 1986-11-28 1989-08-29 At&T Information Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for automatically selecting system commands for display
US4868785A (en) * 1987-01-27 1989-09-19 Tektronix, Inc. Block diagram editor system and method for controlling electronic instruments
US5155836A (en) * 1987-01-27 1992-10-13 Jordan Dale A Block diagram system and method for controlling electronic instruments with simulated graphic display
CA1280215C (en) 1987-09-28 1991-02-12 Eddy Lee Multilingual ordered data retrieval system
US5023851A (en) 1988-04-06 1991-06-11 Ibm Corp. Method for presenting electronic calendar information in an interactive information handling system
US4914624A (en) * 1988-05-06 1990-04-03 Dunthorn David I Virtual button for touch screen
US5333247A (en) 1988-06-10 1994-07-26 International Business Machines Corporation Scrolling tool for text and graphics in a display system
JPH02165274A (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-26 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Dictionary display device
US5204969A (en) 1988-12-30 1993-04-20 Macromedia, Inc. Sound editing system using visually displayed control line for altering specified characteristic of adjacent segment of stored waveform
US5252951A (en) 1989-04-28 1993-10-12 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface with gesture recognition in a multiapplication environment
US5339391A (en) 1990-05-14 1994-08-16 Microelectronics And Computer Technology Corporation Computer display unit with attribute enhanced scroll bar
CA2040645C (en) 1990-05-31 1999-03-02 Vincent Joseph Cina Jr. Scrollbar having system or user provided information
JP2666538B2 (en) * 1990-08-10 1997-10-22 富士通株式会社 Panning control system
US5128672A (en) 1990-10-30 1992-07-07 Apple Computer, Inc. Dynamic predictive keyboard
US5347295A (en) 1990-10-31 1994-09-13 Go Corporation Control of a computer through a position-sensed stylus
EP0526064B1 (en) 1991-08-02 1997-09-10 The Grass Valley Group, Inc. Video editing system operator interface for visualization and interactive control of video material
US5371846A (en) 1991-10-16 1994-12-06 International Business Machines Corporation Non-linear scroll bar
US5532715A (en) * 1991-10-16 1996-07-02 International Business Machines Corporation Visually aging scroll bar
CA2071309C (en) 1991-11-15 1998-01-20 Daryl J. Kahl Method and apparatus utilizing data icons
US6061062A (en) 1991-12-20 2000-05-09 Apple Computer, Inc. Zooming controller
US6208805B1 (en) 1992-02-07 2001-03-27 Max Abecassis Inhibiting a control function from interfering with a playing of a video
US5442744A (en) 1992-04-03 1995-08-15 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for displaying and editing multimedia information
US5563996A (en) 1992-04-13 1996-10-08 Apple Computer, Inc. Computer note pad including gesture based note division tools and method
US5570109A (en) 1992-05-27 1996-10-29 Apple Computer, Inc. Schedule and to-do list for a pen-based computer system
JPH0695794A (en) 1992-09-16 1994-04-08 Mutoh Ind Ltd Data input device
JPH06149531A (en) 1992-11-11 1994-05-27 Ricoh Co Ltd Scroll controller
US20080158261A1 (en) * 1992-12-14 2008-07-03 Eric Justin Gould Computer user interface for audio and/or video auto-summarization
US5623588A (en) 1992-12-14 1997-04-22 New York University Computer user interface with non-salience deemphasis
US5859638A (en) 1993-01-27 1999-01-12 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for displaying and scrolling data in a window-based graphic user interface
DE4490464T1 (en) 1993-01-27 1996-02-22 Apple Computer Graphical user interface for a help system
US5825355A (en) 1993-01-27 1998-10-20 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing a help based window system using multiple access methods
US5418549A (en) * 1993-06-14 1995-05-23 Motorola, Inc. Resolution compensating scroll bar valuator
US5864330A (en) 1993-06-29 1999-01-26 International Business Machines Corp. Method and apparatus for providing a two-dimensional position-sensitive scroll icon in a data processing system user interface
JP2602001B2 (en) 1993-11-01 1997-04-23 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション Personal communicator with shrinkable keyboard
JP3546337B2 (en) 1993-12-21 2004-07-28 ゼロックス コーポレイション User interface device for computing system and method of using graphic keyboard
US5568600A (en) 1994-04-15 1996-10-22 David Sarnoff Research Ctr. Method and apparatus for rotating and scaling images
US20050192727A1 (en) 1994-05-09 2005-09-01 Automotive Technologies International Inc. Sensor Assemblies
ATE169417T1 (en) 1994-10-14 1998-08-15 United Parcel Service Inc MULTI-LEVEL PACKAGE TRACKING SYSTEM
US5553225A (en) * 1994-10-25 1996-09-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for combining a zoom function in scroll bar sliders
JP3262465B2 (en) 1994-11-17 2002-03-04 シャープ株式会社 Schedule management device
US5592195A (en) * 1994-11-21 1997-01-07 International Business Machines Corporation Information displaying device
US5528260A (en) 1994-12-22 1996-06-18 Autodesk, Inc. Method and apparatus for proportional auto-scrolling
DE69629732T2 (en) * 1995-01-23 2004-07-15 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Minami-Ashigara Device for computer-aided diagnosis
US5873108A (en) 1995-02-27 1999-02-16 Fuga Corporation Personal information manager information entry allowing for intermingling of items belonging to different categories within a single unified view
US5677708A (en) 1995-05-05 1997-10-14 Microsoft Corporation System for displaying a list on a display screen
JP2986078B2 (en) 1995-08-28 1999-12-06 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション Calendar display method and display device
US6486895B1 (en) 1995-09-08 2002-11-26 Xerox Corporation Display system for displaying lists of linked documents
EP0766168A3 (en) 1995-09-28 1997-11-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Icons for dual orientation display devices
US5655094A (en) * 1995-09-29 1997-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation Pop up scroll bar
US5825308A (en) 1996-11-26 1998-10-20 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Force feedback interface having isotonic and isometric functionality
US5734597A (en) 1995-11-24 1998-03-31 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface interaction between time and date controls
US5847706A (en) * 1995-11-30 1998-12-08 Hewlett Packard Company Sizeable window for tabular and graphical representation of data
FR2743892B1 (en) * 1996-01-19 1998-02-13 Sextant Avionique AIRCRAFT HANDLING ASSISTANCE SYSTEM USING A HEADSET VIEWER
US5880733A (en) 1996-04-30 1999-03-09 Microsoft Corporation Display system and method for displaying windows of an operating system to provide a three-dimensional workspace for a computer system
DE19621593A1 (en) 1996-05-29 1997-12-04 Sel Alcatel Ag Searching for elements in list e.g. for interactive television, teleshopping or telelearning
JPH1013773A (en) 1996-06-18 1998-01-16 Canon Inc Digital image management retrieval system and digital camera system
US6006227A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-12-21 Yale University Document stream operating system
JP3839881B2 (en) * 1996-07-22 2006-11-01 キヤノン株式会社 Imaging control apparatus and control method thereof
US6195089B1 (en) * 1996-08-14 2001-02-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Television graphical user interface having variable channel changer icons
US6057831A (en) * 1996-08-14 2000-05-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. TV graphical user interface having cursor position indicator
US5745116A (en) * 1996-09-09 1998-04-28 Motorola, Inc. Intuitive gesture-based graphical user interface
US5847709A (en) 1996-09-26 1998-12-08 Xerox Corporation 3-D document workspace with focus, immediate and tertiary spaces
US5805161A (en) 1996-09-26 1998-09-08 Logitech, Inc. System and method for data processing enhanced ergonomic scrolling
US5870083A (en) 1996-10-04 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation Breakaway touchscreen pointing device
US6956558B1 (en) * 1998-03-26 2005-10-18 Immersion Corporation Rotary force feedback wheels for remote control devices
US6683628B1 (en) 1997-01-10 2004-01-27 Tokyo University Of Agriculture And Technology Human interactive type display system
US6069626A (en) * 1997-02-27 2000-05-30 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for improved scrolling functionality in a graphical user interface utilizing a transparent scroll bar icon
US6141018A (en) 1997-03-12 2000-10-31 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for displaying hypertext documents with visual effects
US6073036A (en) 1997-04-28 2000-06-06 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function
US6069606A (en) 1997-05-15 2000-05-30 Sony Corporation Display of multiple images based on a temporal relationship among them with various operations available to a user as a function of the image size
FI115689B (en) 1997-05-21 2005-06-15 Nokia Corp Procedure and arrangement for scrolling information presented on mobile display
US6431439B1 (en) * 1997-07-24 2002-08-13 Personal Solutions Corporation System and method for the electronic storage and transmission of financial transactions
US5943052A (en) 1997-08-12 1999-08-24 Synaptics, Incorporated Method and apparatus for scroll bar control
US6018372A (en) 1997-09-04 2000-01-25 Liberate Technologies Electronic program guide with multiple day planner
US6882354B1 (en) 1997-09-17 2005-04-19 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Scroll bars with user feedback
DE19741453A1 (en) 1997-09-19 1999-03-25 Packing Gmbh Agentur Fuer Desi Digital book, esp. for reproducing textual information
US6433801B1 (en) * 1997-09-26 2002-08-13 Ericsson Inc. Method and apparatus for using a touch screen display on a portable intelligent communications device
JPH11143604A (en) 1997-11-05 1999-05-28 Nec Corp Portable terminal equipment
US6211861B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2001-04-03 Immersion Corporation Tactile mouse device
JPH11154074A (en) * 1997-11-25 1999-06-08 Sharp Corp Scroll controller
US6037937A (en) 1997-12-04 2000-03-14 Nortel Networks Corporation Navigation tool for graphical user interface
US6310610B1 (en) * 1997-12-04 2001-10-30 Nortel Networks Limited Intelligent touch display
JP2000101879A (en) 1998-09-25 2000-04-07 Canon Inc Image pickup device
US20060033724A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-16 Apple Computer, Inc. Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface
US8479122B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-07-02 Apple Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
JPH11272688A (en) 1998-03-19 1999-10-08 Fujitsu Ltd Index indicator, index displaying method, and recording medium recorded with index indicator program
US6057840A (en) * 1998-03-27 2000-05-02 Sony Corporation Of Japan Computer-implemented user interface having semi-transparent scroll bar tool for increased display screen usage
US6278443B1 (en) 1998-04-30 2001-08-21 International Business Machines Corporation Touch screen with random finger placement and rolling on screen to control the movement of information on-screen
US7768501B1 (en) 1998-05-01 2010-08-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for touch screen keyboard and display space sharing
JPH11338600A (en) 1998-05-26 1999-12-10 Yamatake Corp Method and device for changing set numeral
JP2000057146A (en) 1998-06-03 2000-02-25 Canon Inc Character processor, character processing method, storage medium, and font
US6181316B1 (en) 1998-06-04 2001-01-30 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface inline scroll control
US6919879B2 (en) 1998-06-26 2005-07-19 Research In Motion Limited Hand-held electronic device with a keyboard optimized for use with the thumbs
US6061063A (en) * 1998-06-30 2000-05-09 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing feedback while scrolling
TW436715B (en) 1998-07-24 2001-05-28 Ind Tech Res Inst Automatic telephone extension query device using input of strokes in a Chinese character and its method
US6181339B1 (en) 1998-07-27 2001-01-30 Oak Technology, Inc. Method and system for determing a correctly selected button via motion-detecting input devices in DVD content with overlapping buttons
JP2000105772A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-04-11 Sharp Corp Information managing device
US20010015719A1 (en) 1998-08-04 2001-08-23 U.S. Philips Corporation Remote control has animated gui
JP2000075979A (en) 1998-08-27 2000-03-14 Calsonic Corp On-vehicle monitor device
JP2000075851A (en) 1998-08-27 2000-03-14 Calsonic Corp On-vehicle monitoring device
US6333753B1 (en) * 1998-09-14 2001-12-25 Microsoft Corporation Technique for implementing an on-demand display widget through controlled fading initiated by user contact with a touch sensitive input device
US7256770B2 (en) * 1998-09-14 2007-08-14 Microsoft Corporation Method for displaying information responsive to sensing a physical presence proximate to a computer input device
US6357042B2 (en) * 1998-09-16 2002-03-12 Anand Srinivasan Method and apparatus for multiplexing separately-authored metadata for insertion into a video data stream
US6366301B1 (en) * 1998-09-17 2002-04-02 General Electric Company Man-machine interface for a virtual lockout/tagout panel display
JP2000148761A (en) 1998-10-12 2000-05-30 Hewlett Packard Co <Hp> Index tab generating method
US20020054126A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2002-05-09 Owen John Gamon Browser translation between frames and no frames
JP2000194493A (en) 1998-10-22 2000-07-14 Fujitsu Takamisawa Component Ltd Pointing device
JP4077959B2 (en) 1998-11-10 2008-04-23 キヤノン株式会社 Character processing apparatus and method, and storage medium storing the program
US6606082B1 (en) * 1998-11-12 2003-08-12 Microsoft Corporation Navigation graphical interface for small screen devices
JP4542637B2 (en) 1998-11-25 2010-09-15 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Portable information device and information storage medium
US6489975B1 (en) 1998-12-14 2002-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for improved navigation between open windows in an application program using window tabs
WO2000036496A1 (en) 1998-12-16 2000-06-22 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method and arrangement for selecting a data set from a plurality of data sets
US6366302B1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2002-04-02 Motorola, Inc. Enhanced graphic user interface for mobile radiotelephones
US7469381B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-12-23 Apple Inc. List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display
US6469695B1 (en) 1999-01-28 2002-10-22 Ncr Corporation Method and apparatus for touch screen touch ahead capability
US6388877B1 (en) 1999-02-04 2002-05-14 Palm, Inc. Handheld computer with open accessory slot
US6147683A (en) * 1999-02-26 2000-11-14 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical selection marker and method for lists that are larger than a display window
US6343237B1 (en) 1999-06-04 2002-01-29 Clark Equipment Company User interface functionality for power machine control system
US6430574B1 (en) 1999-07-22 2002-08-06 At&T Corp. Method and apparatus for displaying and header scrolling a hierarchical data structure
US6489978B1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2002-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation Extending the opening time of state menu items for conformations of multiple changes
US7152210B1 (en) 1999-10-20 2006-12-19 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Device and method of browsing an image collection
US6757002B1 (en) * 1999-11-04 2004-06-29 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Track pad pointing device with areas of specialized function
US6580442B1 (en) * 1999-12-01 2003-06-17 Ericsson Inc. Touch-based information processing device and method
US6803930B1 (en) * 1999-12-16 2004-10-12 Adobe Systems Incorporated Facilitating content viewing during navigation
JP2001184153A (en) 1999-12-27 2001-07-06 Casio Comput Co Ltd Information processor and recording medium having information display program recorded thereon
US6573844B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2003-06-03 Microsoft Corporation Predictive keyboard
US7138983B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-11-21 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Method and apparatus for detecting and interpreting path of designated position
US6479949B1 (en) 2000-02-01 2002-11-12 General Electric Company Power regulation circuit for high frequency electronic ballast for ceramic metal halide lamp
US6313855B1 (en) 2000-02-04 2001-11-06 Browse3D Corporation System and method for web browsing
GB2359177A (en) 2000-02-08 2001-08-15 Nokia Corp Orientation sensitive display and selection mechanism
US6476831B1 (en) 2000-02-11 2002-11-05 International Business Machine Corporation Visual scrolling feedback and method of achieving the same
US6597345B2 (en) 2000-03-03 2003-07-22 Jetway Technologies Ltd. Multifunctional keypad on touch screen
JP2001265481A (en) 2000-03-21 2001-09-28 Nec Corp Method and device for displaying page information and storage medium with program for displaying page information stored
JP4325075B2 (en) 2000-04-21 2009-09-02 ソニー株式会社 Data object management device
US6559869B1 (en) 2000-05-04 2003-05-06 Microsoft Corporation Adaptive auto-scrolling merge for hand written input
WO2001090879A1 (en) 2000-05-26 2001-11-29 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for displaying information
GB0017793D0 (en) 2000-07-21 2000-09-06 Secr Defence Human computer interface
US6714221B1 (en) * 2000-08-03 2004-03-30 Apple Computer, Inc. Depicting and setting scroll amount
US20020015064A1 (en) 2000-08-07 2002-02-07 Robotham John S. Gesture-based user interface to multi-level and multi-modal sets of bit-maps
AU2001279600A1 (en) 2000-08-10 2002-02-18 Novo-Nordisk A/S A support for a cartridge for transferring an electronically readable information to an electronic circuit, and use of composite material in a support
JP3943876B2 (en) 2000-08-11 2007-07-11 アルプス電気株式会社 INPUT DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING THE SAME
US6707449B2 (en) 2000-08-30 2004-03-16 Microsoft Corporation Manual controlled scrolling
CN100409358C (en) * 2000-09-08 2008-08-06 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 Reproducing apparatus providing colored slider bar
US6825860B1 (en) * 2000-09-29 2004-11-30 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Autoscaling/autosizing user interface window
JP2002123355A (en) 2000-10-17 2002-04-26 Yokogawa Electric Corp Internet terminal device
US6897853B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2005-05-24 Microsoft Corp. Highlevel active pen matrix
US20020084981A1 (en) * 2000-11-14 2002-07-04 Flack James F. Cursor navigation system and method for a display
US6816174B2 (en) * 2000-12-18 2004-11-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for variable density scroll area
JP2002189388A (en) 2000-12-20 2002-07-05 Canon Inc Image forming device, method for controlling the same and storage medium
US7039877B2 (en) 2001-01-04 2006-05-02 Intel Corporation Conserving space on browser user interfaces
US7030861B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2006-04-18 Wayne Carl Westerman System and method for packing multi-touch gestures onto a hand
US7103851B1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2006-09-05 Denny Jaeger Scroll bar for computer display
US20070083823A1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2007-04-12 Denny Jaeger Scroll bar for computer display
FI20010616A (en) 2001-03-26 2002-09-27 Nokia Corp Method and arrangement for retrieving an entry from an indexed memory
US6907581B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2005-06-14 Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. Method and system for implicitly resolving pointing ambiguities in human-computer interaction (HCI)
US7446783B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2008-11-04 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. System and method for manipulating an image on a screen
US7168046B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2007-01-23 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for assisting data input to a portable information terminal
WO2002088908A2 (en) 2001-05-02 2002-11-07 Bitstream Inc. Methods, systems, and programming for producing and displaying subpixel-optimized font bitmaps using non-linear color balancing
US20020186252A1 (en) 2001-06-07 2002-12-12 International Business Machines Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for providing context to a computer display window
US7183944B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2007-02-27 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Vehicle tracking and identification of emergency/law enforcement vehicles
JP2003005912A (en) * 2001-06-20 2003-01-10 Hitachi Ltd Display device with touch panel and display method
US6976228B2 (en) 2001-06-27 2005-12-13 Nokia Corporation Graphical user interface comprising intersecting scroll bar for selection of content
US20050134578A1 (en) 2001-07-13 2005-06-23 Universal Electronics Inc. System and methods for interacting with a control environment
US20030058281A1 (en) * 2001-07-17 2003-03-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for implementing transparent scrollbars
US7159176B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2007-01-02 Digeo, Inc. System and method for focused navigation within a user interface
US6690365B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2004-02-10 Microsoft Corporation Automatic scrolling
JP2003076846A (en) 2001-08-30 2003-03-14 Toshiba Corp Family budget management support method, family budget data input program, its recording medium, family budget management support program, its recording medium and family budget management server
JP2003174495A (en) 2001-09-28 2003-06-20 Nec Corp Folding portable information terminal
US20030074647A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2003-04-17 Andrew Felix G.T.I. Automatic software input panel selection based on application program state
US7046230B2 (en) 2001-10-22 2006-05-16 Apple Computer, Inc. Touch pad handheld device
DE10153614A1 (en) * 2001-10-31 2003-05-22 Fujitsu Siemens Computers Gmbh Electronic device
JP3731525B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2006-01-05 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, information processing system, and program
US6966037B2 (en) 2001-11-19 2005-11-15 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for scrollable cross-point navigation in a calendar user interface
JP2003173226A (en) 2001-11-27 2003-06-20 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Information processor, program and coordinate input method
US20030110511A1 (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-12 Schutte Mark E. Controlling personal video recording functions from interactive television
JP3945687B2 (en) 2001-12-26 2007-07-18 シャープ株式会社 Video display device
US6690387B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2004-02-10 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Touch-screen image scrolling system and method
US8004496B2 (en) 2002-01-08 2011-08-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. User interface for electronic devices for controlling the displaying of long sorted lists
US20030131317A1 (en) 2002-01-09 2003-07-10 Budka Phyllis R. Method and system for organizing non-document specifications
EP1329799A3 (en) 2002-01-11 2007-06-06 Sap Ag Operating a browser to display first and second virtual keyboard areas that the user changes directly or indirectly
US20050117032A1 (en) 2002-01-23 2005-06-02 Yutaka Ueda Image delivery apparatus
JP3951727B2 (en) 2002-02-06 2007-08-01 松下電器産業株式会社 Information processing device
US20030226152A1 (en) 2002-03-04 2003-12-04 Digeo, Inc. Navigation in an interactive television ticker
JP2003263256A (en) 2002-03-11 2003-09-19 Omron Corp Window display method
US7444599B1 (en) * 2002-03-14 2008-10-28 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling a display of a data processing system
US7466307B2 (en) * 2002-04-11 2008-12-16 Synaptics Incorporated Closed-loop sensor on a solid-state object position detector
US20030193525A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 Nygaard Richard A. Expedited selection of items from a list within a drop down menu of an eye diagram analyzer
US6914776B2 (en) 2002-04-23 2005-07-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Personal digital assistant with keyboard
JP3793740B2 (en) 2002-05-13 2006-07-05 株式会社モバイルコンピューティングテクノロジーズ Portable information terminal device, display control information, and display control method
TWI238348B (en) 2002-05-13 2005-08-21 Kyocera Corp Portable information terminal, display control device, display control method, and recording media
JP4090785B2 (en) 2002-05-14 2008-05-28 シャープ株式会社 Display control method, display control program, and recording medium
US7434207B2 (en) 2002-07-02 2008-10-07 Microsoft Corporation Floating debugger
US20040008222A1 (en) 2002-07-09 2004-01-15 Silverlynk, Corporation User intuitive easy access computer system
JP2004086735A (en) 2002-08-28 2004-03-18 Toshiba Corp Electronic device and operating mode switching method
US8015259B2 (en) 2002-09-10 2011-09-06 Alan Earl Swahn Multi-window internet search with webpage preload
JP2004118434A (en) 2002-09-25 2004-04-15 Seiko Epson Corp Menu operating device
JP2004139321A (en) 2002-10-17 2004-05-13 Fujitsu Ten Ltd Scroll bar operation device
US7100119B2 (en) * 2002-11-01 2006-08-29 Microsoft Corporation Page bar control
CN101673181A (en) 2002-11-29 2010-03-17 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 User interface with displaced representation of touch area
US20040119754A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Srinivas Bangalore Context-sensitive interface widgets for multi-modal dialog systems
JP4143913B2 (en) 2003-01-10 2008-09-03 俊彦 岡部 WINDOW DISPLAY METHOD, WINDOW DISPLAY DEVICE, WINDOW DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM CONTAINING WINDOW DISPLAY PROGRAM
US20070128899A1 (en) * 2003-01-12 2007-06-07 Yaron Mayer System and method for improving the efficiency, comfort, and/or reliability in Operating Systems, such as for example Windows
US7194699B2 (en) 2003-01-14 2007-03-20 Microsoft Corporation Animating images to reflect user selection
US7098896B2 (en) 2003-01-16 2006-08-29 Forword Input Inc. System and method for continuous stroke word-based text input
US7490296B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2009-02-10 Microsoft Corporation Utility object for specialized data entry
US20040155909A1 (en) 2003-02-07 2004-08-12 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Scroll tray mechanism for cellular telephone
US20040155888A1 (en) * 2003-02-11 2004-08-12 Padgitt David Gary Method for displaying the contents of a collection of media objects
US20040160419A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-19 Terradigital Systems Llc. Method for entering alphanumeric characters into a graphical user interface
US20040167919A1 (en) 2003-02-24 2004-08-26 David Sterling Methods for selectable display of parts of a document on a computer monitor
US7054965B2 (en) 2003-03-18 2006-05-30 Oqo Incorporated Component for use as a portable computing device and pointing device
JP2004363707A (en) 2003-04-09 2004-12-24 Sony Corp Display method and display device
US9165478B2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2015-10-20 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to enable blind people to have access to information printed on a physical document
US20040216056A1 (en) * 2003-04-22 2004-10-28 Computer Associates Think, Inc. System and method for supporting scrolling of contents in a display
US20040223004A1 (en) 2003-05-05 2004-11-11 Lincke Scott D. System and method for implementing a landscape user experience in a hand-held computing device
AU2004251656A1 (en) 2003-06-03 2005-01-06 Bayer Healthcare Llc Portable medical diagnostic apparatus
JP2004363892A (en) 2003-06-04 2004-12-24 Canon Inc Portable apparatus
US20040257346A1 (en) 2003-06-20 2004-12-23 Microsoft Corporation Content selection and handling
WO2005001658A2 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-01-06 Softscope Llc Virtual desktop - meta-organization & control system
EP1639441A1 (en) * 2003-07-01 2006-03-29 Nokia Corporation Method and device for operating a user-input area on an electronic display device
US8264489B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2012-09-11 Intel Corporation Interface remoting
WO2005008444A2 (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-01-27 Matt Pallakoff System and method for a portbale multimedia client
JP2005043676A (en) 2003-07-22 2005-02-17 Sony Corp Information terminal device
JP2005044036A (en) 2003-07-24 2005-02-17 Ricoh Co Ltd Scroll control method and program making computer execute the method
US7055110B2 (en) 2003-07-28 2006-05-30 Sig G Kupka Common on-screen zone for menu activation and stroke input
US20060174214A1 (en) * 2003-08-13 2006-08-03 Mckee Timothy P System and method for navigation of content in multiple display regions
WO2005018129A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-02-24 Semtech Corporation Improved gesture recognition for pointing devices
US20050052427A1 (en) 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Wu Michael Chi Hung Hand gesture interaction with touch surface
US7411575B2 (en) * 2003-09-16 2008-08-12 Smart Technologies Ulc Gesture recognition method and touch system incorporating the same
US20050071761A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2005-03-31 Nokia Corporation User interface on a portable electronic device
US20050071782A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Barrett Peter T. Miniaturized video feed generation and user-interface
GB0323767D0 (en) * 2003-10-10 2003-11-12 Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv Electroluminescent display devices
US7231231B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2007-06-12 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for locking a mobile telephone touch screen
JP2005130133A (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-19 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Mobile phone
US6990637B2 (en) 2003-10-23 2006-01-24 Microsoft Corporation Graphical user interface for 3-dimensional view of a data collection based on an attribute of the data
KR100537280B1 (en) 2003-10-29 2005-12-16 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for inputting character using touch screen in portable terminal
US7343568B2 (en) 2003-11-10 2008-03-11 Yahoo! Inc. Navigation pattern on a directory tree
JP2005150936A (en) 2003-11-12 2005-06-09 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Communications apparatus
KR20050052720A (en) 2003-12-01 2005-06-07 주식회사 월드모닝 Management method of domain name using setting by user
JP2005174212A (en) 2003-12-15 2005-06-30 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method and computer program
JP2005185361A (en) 2003-12-24 2005-07-14 Aruze Corp Game machine
KR100959796B1 (en) 2004-01-31 2010-05-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for displaying partial window screen
US7437005B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2008-10-14 Microsoft Corporation Rapid visual sorting of digital files and data
JP4509612B2 (en) 2004-03-18 2010-07-21 パナソニック株式会社 Electronic device and icon display control method
US7328411B2 (en) 2004-03-19 2008-02-05 Lexmark International, Inc. Scrollbar enhancement for browsing data
US20070044028A1 (en) 2004-04-01 2007-02-22 Dunn Michael H Virtual flip chart method and apparatus
US7948448B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2011-05-24 Polyvision Corporation Portable presentation system and methods for use therewith
US20060001647A1 (en) * 2004-04-21 2006-01-05 David Carroll Hand-held display device and method of controlling displayed content
US7330178B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-02-12 Motorola, Inc. Display-input apparatus for a multi-configuration portable device
JP2005328242A (en) 2004-05-13 2005-11-24 Sony Corp Imaging unit, screen display method, and user interface
JP2005332340A (en) 2004-05-21 2005-12-02 Seiko Epson Corp Image display output device, printer having it and control method for the device
US8621385B2 (en) * 2004-05-21 2013-12-31 Sap Ag System and method for controlling a display of data
US20050278656A1 (en) * 2004-06-10 2005-12-15 Microsoft Corporation User control for dynamically adjusting the scope of a data set
JP5132028B2 (en) 2004-06-11 2013-01-30 三菱電機株式会社 User interface device
US7515135B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-04-07 Research In Motion Limited Virtual keypad for touchscreen display
US7743348B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2010-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application
TWI248576B (en) 2004-07-05 2006-02-01 Elan Microelectronics Corp Method for controlling rolling of scroll bar on a touch panel
US20060007174A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Chung-Yi Shen Touch control method for a drag gesture and control module thereof
US20060007176A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Chung-Yi Shen Input method and control module defined with an initial position and moving directions and electronic product thereof
US20060015820A1 (en) * 2004-07-19 2006-01-19 Eric Wood Fixed window selection
JP2006041623A (en) 2004-07-22 2006-02-09 Canon Inc Image processing apparatus and method thereof
JP4669244B2 (en) 2004-07-29 2011-04-13 富士通株式会社 Cache memory device and memory control method
WO2006020304A2 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-23 Apple Computer, Inc. Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices
US8381135B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
KR101270847B1 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-06-05 애플 인크. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
US7724242B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2010-05-25 Touchtable, Inc. Touch driven method and apparatus to integrate and display multiple image layers forming alternate depictions of same subject matter
US7728821B2 (en) * 2004-08-06 2010-06-01 Touchtable, Inc. Touch detecting interactive display
GB0417953D0 (en) 2004-08-12 2004-09-15 Ibm A method and apparatus for searching data
KR100630076B1 (en) 2004-08-31 2006-09-27 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for display and sound effect control utilize sensor hand equipment
US7295904B2 (en) 2004-08-31 2007-11-13 International Business Machines Corporation Touch gesture based interface for motor vehicle
US7873622B1 (en) 2004-09-02 2011-01-18 A9.Com, Inc. Multi-column search results interface
JP4403931B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2010-01-27 株式会社カシオ日立モバイルコミュニケーションズ Electronic device, display method and display program
US7761814B2 (en) 2004-09-13 2010-07-20 Microsoft Corporation Flick gesture
JP2006085210A (en) * 2004-09-14 2006-03-30 Sharp Corp Content display control device, content display device, method, program and storage medium
EP1805578A1 (en) * 2004-09-15 2007-07-11 Nokia Corporation Handling and scrolling of content on screen
US8456488B2 (en) 2004-10-06 2013-06-04 Apple Inc. Displaying digital images using groups, stacks, and version sets
US20060082554A1 (en) 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Motorola, Inc. Integrated input roller having a rotary mass actuator
US7778671B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2010-08-17 Nokia Corporation Mobile communications terminal having an improved user interface and method therefor
US8169410B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2012-05-01 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Gesture inputs for a portable display device
WO2006045530A2 (en) 2004-10-22 2006-05-04 Novo Nordisk A/S An apparatus and a method of providing information to a user
US8456534B2 (en) * 2004-10-25 2013-06-04 I-Interactive Llc Multi-directional remote control system and method
FR2877452A1 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-05 Thomson Licensing Sa METHOD FOR SELECTING A BUTTON IN A GRAPHIC BAR, AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD
US7362312B2 (en) * 2004-11-01 2008-04-22 Nokia Corporation Mobile communication terminal and method
US20100018928A1 (en) 2004-11-16 2010-01-28 Waters Investments Limited Device for performing separations and methods of making and using same
US7671845B2 (en) 2004-11-30 2010-03-02 Microsoft Corporation Directional input device and display orientation control
US9071870B2 (en) 2004-12-08 2015-06-30 Nokia Technologies Oy System and method for viewing digital visual content on a device
JP4411193B2 (en) 2004-12-09 2010-02-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Imaging device with display and image display device
GB0427811D0 (en) * 2004-12-18 2005-01-19 Ibm User interface with scroll bar control
US20060132440A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-22 Max Safai Mouse input device with secondary input device
US7489306B2 (en) 2004-12-22 2009-02-10 Microsoft Corporation Touch screen accuracy
US20060253547A1 (en) 2005-01-07 2006-11-09 Wood Anthony J Universal music apparatus for unifying access to multiple specialized music servers
US8341541B2 (en) 2005-01-18 2012-12-25 Microsoft Corporation System and method for visually browsing of open windows
US7760189B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2010-07-20 Lenovo Singapore Pte. Ltd Touchpad diagonal scrolling
US20060184901A1 (en) 2005-02-15 2006-08-17 Microsoft Corporation Computer content navigation tools
US8819569B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2014-08-26 Zumobi, Inc Single-handed approach for navigation of application tiles using panning and zooming
US7433324B2 (en) * 2005-04-01 2008-10-07 Microsoft Corporation User experience for collaborative ad-hoc networks
US7577925B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-08-18 Microsoft Corporation Processing for distinguishing pen gestures and dynamic self-calibration of pen-based computing systems
US7945938B2 (en) * 2005-05-11 2011-05-17 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Network camera system and control method therefore
US8751279B2 (en) 2005-05-23 2014-06-10 Blackberry Limited System and method for preventing the lapse of a recurring event using electronic calendar system
US9785329B2 (en) * 2005-05-23 2017-10-10 Nokia Technologies Oy Pocket computer and associated methods
US7404152B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2008-07-22 Research In Motion Limited Displaying messages on handheld devices
TWI341990B (en) 2005-06-10 2011-05-11 Asustek Comp Inc Method and apparatus for searching data
JP2007042069A (en) 2005-06-30 2007-02-15 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method and information processing program
JP2007323664A (en) 2005-07-29 2007-12-13 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method and program
US20070050732A1 (en) * 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Proportional scroll bar for menu driven thermostat
US7443316B2 (en) 2005-09-01 2008-10-28 Motorola, Inc. Entering a character into an electronic device
US8026920B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2011-09-27 Microsoft Corporation Extensible visual effects on active content in user interfaces
US20070067738A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Microsoft Corporation Extensible, filtered lists for mobile device user interface
JP2007094804A (en) 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Kenwood Corp List display device, list display method and program
TW200717292A (en) * 2005-10-25 2007-05-01 Elan Microelectronics Corp Window-moving method with a variable reference point
KR100643801B1 (en) 2005-10-26 2006-11-10 엔에이치엔(주) System and method for providing automatically completed recommendation word by interworking a plurality of languages
US7437678B2 (en) * 2005-10-27 2008-10-14 International Business Machines Corporation Maximizing window display area using window flowing
TWI336003B (en) * 2005-11-14 2011-01-11 Au Optronics Corp Liquid crystal apparatus and repair lines structure thereof
US9201507B2 (en) 2005-11-15 2015-12-01 Carefusion 303, Inc. System and method for rapid input of data
US20070129112A1 (en) 2005-12-01 2007-06-07 Liang-Chern Tarn Methods of Implementing an Operation Interface for Instant Messages on a Portable Communication Device
US7958456B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Scrolling list with floating adjacent index symbols
US20070132789A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Bas Ording List scrolling in response to moving contact over list of index symbols
KR20070062094A (en) * 2005-12-12 2007-06-15 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for providing user interface
TW200723081A (en) 2005-12-13 2007-06-16 Universal Scient Ind Co Ltd Circular multimedia playback progress indicator and method of indicating signals thereof
US20070143706A1 (en) 2005-12-16 2007-06-21 Sap Ag Variable-speed scrollbar
US7786975B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-08-31 Apple Inc. Continuous scrolling list with acceleration
US7596761B2 (en) * 2006-01-05 2009-09-29 Apple Inc. Application user interface with navigation bar showing current and prior application contexts
US20070180375A1 (en) 2006-01-31 2007-08-02 Microsoft Corporation Template format for calendars
EP1983413A4 (en) 2006-02-10 2014-09-17 Fujitsu Ltd Information display device, information display method, and program
US7559027B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2009-07-07 Palm, Inc. Master multimedia software controls
US20070205993A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mobile device having a keypad with directional controls
US20070205988A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Touch sensitive keypad and user interface
US20070205991A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method for number dialing with touch sensitive keypad
US20070205990A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method for text entry with touch sensitive keypad
US20070205992A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Touch sensitive scrolling system and method
US20070205989A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Camera with a touch sensitive keypad
US8117195B1 (en) 2006-03-22 2012-02-14 Google Inc. Providing blog posts relevant to search results
US20070238489A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Research In Motion Limited Edit menu for a mobile communication device
US7556204B2 (en) 2006-04-19 2009-07-07 Nokia Corproation Electronic apparatus and method for symbol input
TWI328185B (en) 2006-04-19 2010-08-01 Lg Electronics Inc Touch screen device for potable terminal and method of displaying and selecting menus thereon
US20070262951A1 (en) * 2006-05-09 2007-11-15 Synaptics Incorporated Proximity sensor device and method with improved indication of adjustment
US9063647B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2015-06-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-touch uses, gestures, and implementation
TW200805131A (en) * 2006-05-24 2008-01-16 Lg Electronics Inc Touch screen device and method of selecting files thereon
US20070294635A1 (en) * 2006-06-15 2007-12-20 Microsoft Corporation Linked scrolling of side-by-side content
US7880728B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2011-02-01 Microsoft Corporation Application switching via a touch screen interface
WO2008006068A2 (en) * 2006-07-06 2008-01-10 Slacker, Inc. Input interface including push-sensitive mechanical switch in combination with capacitive touch sensor
JP4218704B2 (en) * 2006-07-06 2009-02-04 ソニー株式会社 Operation screen generation device, printing device, imaging device, operation screen generation method, and program
US20080022215A1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Robert Lee Apparatus, system, and method for expanding and collapsing a list in a diagram environment
US9058595B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2015-06-16 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for managing an electronic calendar
US20080046824A1 (en) 2006-08-16 2008-02-21 Microsoft Corporation Sorting contacts for a mobile computer device
US20080126933A1 (en) 2006-08-28 2008-05-29 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for multi-mode traversal of lists
US7864163B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2011-01-04 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
US8564544B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2013-10-22 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons
US20080091635A1 (en) * 2006-10-16 2008-04-17 International Business Machines Corporation Animated picker for slider bars and two-dimensional pickers
US7856605B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2010-12-21 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for positioning an insertion marker in a touch screen display
US7739622B2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2010-06-15 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic thumbnails for document navigation
US7523412B2 (en) * 2006-12-26 2009-04-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for providing a scroll-bar pop-up with quick find for rapid access of sorted list data
US7865817B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2011-01-04 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Invariant referencing in digital works
US7975242B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-07-05 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for conference calling
US8689132B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2014-04-01 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US20080165151A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Lemay Stephen O System and Method for Viewing and Managing Calendar Entries
US8504348B2 (en) * 2007-01-31 2013-08-06 Adobe Systems Incorporated User simulation for viewing web analytics data
US20080250107A1 (en) * 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 Michael Holzer Instant message archive viewing
US9024864B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2015-05-05 Intel Corporation User interface with software lensing for very long lists of content
KR20090008027A (en) 2007-07-16 2009-01-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method for providing stock information and broadcast receiving apparatus using the same
US8509854B2 (en) 2007-09-18 2013-08-13 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method of controlling operation of the same
US8433709B2 (en) 2007-11-26 2013-04-30 Warren Daniel Child Modular system and method for managing chinese, japanese and korean linguistic data in electronic form
JP5137188B2 (en) 2008-02-08 2013-02-06 アルパイン株式会社 Information retrieval method and apparatus
US8201109B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2012-06-12 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device
TW200947241A (en) 2008-05-08 2009-11-16 Cross Multimedia Inc Database indexing algorithm and method and system for database searching using the same
CN102187694A (en) 2008-05-28 2011-09-14 谷歌公司 Motion-controlled views on mobile computing devices
US8504946B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2013-08-06 Apple Inc. Portable device, method, and graphical user interface for automatically scrolling to display the top of an electronic document
US9600175B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2017-03-21 Sony Corporation Method and system for classification sign display
US8341557B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-12-25 Apple Inc. Portable touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for providing workout support
US8321401B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2012-11-27 Echostar Advanced Technologies L.L.C. User interface with available multimedia content from multiple multimedia websites
US8584031B2 (en) 2008-11-19 2013-11-12 Apple Inc. Portable touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for using emoji characters
US8433998B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2013-04-30 International Business Machines Corporation Tool and method for annotating an event map, and collaborating using the annotated event map
US10175848B2 (en) 2009-02-09 2019-01-08 Nokia Technologies Oy Displaying a display portion including an icon enabling an item to be added to a list
TWI488103B (en) 2009-02-13 2015-06-11 Htc Corp Method, apparatus and computer program product for prompting and browsing related information of contacts
US9658760B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2017-05-23 Creative Technology Ltd. Methods for searching digital files on a user interface
KR101620874B1 (en) 2009-05-19 2016-05-13 삼성전자주식회사 Searching Method of a List And Portable Device using the same
US8347232B1 (en) 2009-07-10 2013-01-01 Lexcycle, Inc Interactive user interface
US8504624B2 (en) 2009-09-08 2013-08-06 Ricoh Co., Ltd. Stroke and image aggregation and analytics
US20110107216A1 (en) 2009-11-03 2011-05-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Gesture-based user interface
WO2011105996A1 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Skipping through electronic content on an electronic device
US8914743B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2014-12-16 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating a list of identifiers
US8972895B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2015-03-03 Target Brands Inc. Actively and passively customizable navigation bars
US20120166959A1 (en) 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 Microsoft Corporation Surfacing content including content accessed from jump list tasks and items
US8904197B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2014-12-02 Ricoh Co., Ltd. Power management based on combined user interface and sensor inputs
US9563351B2 (en) 2011-03-14 2017-02-07 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating between document sections
KR102104443B1 (en) 2013-07-18 2020-04-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and Controlling method for the same
JP6300604B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2018-03-28 キヤノン株式会社 Touch control device, touch control method, and program
KR20210057273A (en) 2019-11-11 2021-05-21 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display apparatus and manufacturing the same

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5959628A (en) * 1994-06-28 1999-09-28 Libera, Inc. Method for providing maximum screen real estate in computer controlled display systems
US6570594B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2003-05-27 Sun Microsystems, Inc. User interface with non-intrusive display element
US20010011995A1 (en) * 1998-09-14 2001-08-09 Kenneth Hinckley Method for providing feedback responsive to sensing a physical presence proximate to a control of an electronic device
US20020051018A1 (en) * 2000-10-26 2002-05-02 Nan-Ting Yeh Apparatus and method for browser interface operation
US20030160816A1 (en) * 2002-02-26 2003-08-28 Zoller David Ethan Methods and apparatuses for identifying remote and local services
US20040021676A1 (en) * 2002-08-01 2004-02-05 Tatung Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus of view window scrolling
US8095879B2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2012-01-10 Neonode Inc. User interface for mobile handheld computer unit
US20040255244A1 (en) * 2003-04-07 2004-12-16 Aaron Filner Single column layout for content pages

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
McCrickard, D. Scott and Richard Catrambone, "Beyond the Scrollbar: An Evolution and Evaluation of Alternative Navigation Techniques," GVU Technical Report;GIT-GVU-97-19, 1997, available at https://smartech.gatech.edu/handle/1853/3537. *
The Oxford English Dictionary, Ninth Edition, "scrolling", Draft Additions 1993 *

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100002016A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2010-01-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of controlling touch panel display device and touch panel display device using the same
US20120287069A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2012-11-15 Tae Hoon Kim Method of controlling touch panel display device and touch panel display device using the same
US8754911B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2014-06-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of controlling touch panel display device and touch panel display device using the same
US8797363B2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2014-08-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of controlling touch panel display device and touch panel display device using the same
US11029838B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2021-06-08 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons
US9632695B2 (en) 2006-10-26 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker
US20110080364A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2011-04-07 Bas Ording Method, System, and Graphical User Interface for Positioning an Insertion Marker in a Touch Screen Display
US9348511B2 (en) * 2006-10-26 2016-05-24 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for positioning an insertion marker in a touch screen display
US11972103B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2024-04-30 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US11467722B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2022-10-11 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US10860198B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2020-12-08 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents
US20090113339A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Casio Computer Co., Ltd. Electronic calculator displayable with repeating decimal
US9846533B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2017-12-19 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US10761716B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2020-09-01 Apple, Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US9875013B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2018-01-23 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US9015639B2 (en) * 2011-02-11 2015-04-21 Linkedin Corporation Methods and systems for navigating a list with gestures
US9939992B2 (en) 2011-02-11 2018-04-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Methods and systems for navigating a list with gestures
US20120210214A1 (en) * 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Linkedln Corporation Methods and systems for navigating a list with gestures
US10664144B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2020-05-26 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US11256401B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2022-02-22 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
US20130117664A1 (en) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-09 Tzu-Pang Chiang Screen display method applicable on a touch screen
US10631825B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2020-04-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of providing copy image and ultrasound apparatus therefor
US10849597B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2020-12-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of providing copy image and ultrasound apparatus therefor
US20140276057A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of providing copy image and ultrasound apparatus therefor
US11096668B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2021-08-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and ultrasound apparatus for displaying an object
US9516263B2 (en) * 2013-08-02 2016-12-06 Apple Inc. Automatic configuration of the logical orientation of multiple monitors based on captured images
US20150035998A1 (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-05 Apple Inc. Automatic configuration of the logical orientation of multiple monitors based on captured images
CN109375973A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-02-22 北京城市网邻信息技术有限公司 Page display method, device, computer equipment and computer readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20080180408A1 (en) 2008-07-31
US10860198B2 (en) 2020-12-08
US20240272787A1 (en) 2024-08-15
WO2008086319A1 (en) 2008-07-17
CN103914261A (en) 2014-07-09
US11972103B2 (en) 2024-04-30
EP2106652A1 (en) 2009-10-07
US8223134B1 (en) 2012-07-17
CN103914261B (en) 2018-02-02
US20120274597A1 (en) 2012-11-01
US20210200400A1 (en) 2021-07-01
US20120162119A1 (en) 2012-06-28
CN101641946B (en) 2014-04-23
CN101641946A (en) 2010-02-03
US20230221852A1 (en) 2023-07-13
US11467722B2 (en) 2022-10-11
US20080168349A1 (en) 2008-07-10
US8689132B2 (en) 2014-04-01
US20130145310A1 (en) 2013-06-06
EP2106652B1 (en) 2017-09-06
US8130205B2 (en) 2012-03-06
US8368665B2 (en) 2013-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11467722B2 (en) Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists
US11921969B2 (en) Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
US20220397996A1 (en) Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons
US10025501B2 (en) Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for inserting a character from an alternate keyboard
US9529524B2 (en) Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device
US20080165148A1 (en) Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Inline Multimedia Content
US20080201650A1 (en) Web-Clip Widgets on a Portable Multifunction Device
US10283082B1 (en) Differential opacity position indicator
AU2011101190B4 (en) Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION